WO2008118626A9 - Inhibitors of jnk and methods for identifying inhibitors of jnk - Google Patents
Inhibitors of jnk and methods for identifying inhibitors of jnkInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008118626A9 WO2008118626A9 PCT/US2008/056341 US2008056341W WO2008118626A9 WO 2008118626 A9 WO2008118626 A9 WO 2008118626A9 US 2008056341 W US2008056341 W US 2008056341W WO 2008118626 A9 WO2008118626 A9 WO 2008118626A9
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- jnk
- jip
- compound
- polypeptide
- fragment
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 138
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title description 29
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 272
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 108010055717 JNK Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 claims description 199
- 102000019145 JUN kinase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 191
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 84
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 64
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 58
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 58
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 101000950669 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 9 Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 102100037809 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 9 Human genes 0.000 claims description 30
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical group [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000016097 disease of metabolism Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical group O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 claims 8
- -1 Elk Proteins 0.000 description 159
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 64
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 61
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 58
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 56
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 55
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 49
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 39
- QFRLDZGQEZCCJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-3-[(5-nitro-2-thiazolyl)thio]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-one Chemical compound S1C([N+](=O)[O-])=CN=C1SC1=NNC(=O)N1C1=CC=C(OCCO2)C2=C1 QFRLDZGQEZCCJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 35
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 32
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 32
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 30
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 30
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 25
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 20
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 19
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 18
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 16
- 102100029100 Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 15
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 102100023033 Cyclic AMP-dependent transcription factor ATF-2 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 101000974934 Homo sapiens Cyclic AMP-dependent transcription factor ATF-2 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 101000997829 Homo sapiens Glial cell line-derived neurotrophic factor Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000012825 JNK inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 14
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 13
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 13
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 108010068338 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000002574 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 12
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 12
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 11
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 10
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229940118135 JNK inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 9
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 9
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 9
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 9
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002877 time resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 9
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 8
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 101001050288 Homo sapiens Transcription factor Jun Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000003746 Insulin Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010001127 Insulin Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000006237 oxymethylenoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101100205088 Caenorhabditis elegans iars-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 6
- 101150030450 IRS1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 6
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010007457 Extracellular Signal-Regulated MAP Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000007665 Extracellular Signal-Regulated MAP Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical group CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- CHDKQNHKDMEASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-prop-2-enoylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound C=CC(=O)NC(=O)C=C CHDKQNHKDMEASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VOQPTCIVQMNZQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-nitro-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)sulfanyl]-4-phenyl-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-one Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N1C(O)=NN=C1SC1=NC=C([N+]([O-])=O)S1 VOQPTCIVQMNZQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100022291 C-Jun-amino-terminal kinase-interacting protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 102100025180 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzodioxan Chemical group C1=CC=C2OCCOC2=C1 BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000378 dietary effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090001035 mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- AJECTKACDSHLMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (phenylcarbamothioylamino)urea Chemical compound NC(=O)NNC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 AJECTKACDSHLMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEUMBMHMMCOFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrooxadiazole Chemical compound N1NC=CO1 VEUMBMHMMCOFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GVNVAWHJIKLAGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(cyclohexen-1-yl)cyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1C1=CCCCC1 GVNVAWHJIKLAGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical compound C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ANIJFZVZXZQFDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-5-nitro-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CN=C(Br)S1 ANIJFZVZXZQFDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XVBXUPPITMGMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitrothiophen-2-yl)sulfanyl-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-one Chemical compound S1C([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1SC1=NNC(=O)N1C1=CC=C(OCCO2)C2=C1 XVBXUPPITMGMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKSOZDWPGNSYGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2-(1-phenyltetrazol-5-yl)sulfanyl-1,3-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(O)=O)=C(C)N=C1SC1=NN=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 OKSOZDWPGNSYGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YGJVZCBHFFYTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-benzylsulfanyl-1-phenyltetrazole Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CSC1=NN=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 YGJVZCBHFFYTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGBSBUBEKWWOPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-2-(1-phenyltetrazol-5-yl)sulfanyl-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound S1C([N+](=O)[O-])=CN=C1SC1=NN=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 QGBSBUBEKWWOPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710167800 Capsid assembly scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 101150065749 Churc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 101001046660 Homo sapiens C-Jun-amino-terminal kinase-interacting protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001077600 Homo sapiens Insulin receptor substrate 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102100025092 Insulin receptor substrate 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000003993 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000430 Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710130420 Probable capsid assembly scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100038239 Protein Churchill Human genes 0.000 description 3
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004617 QSAR study Methods 0.000 description 3
- 101710204410 Scaffold protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002633 crown compound Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 3
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000000111 isothermal titration calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isothiocyanate Chemical compound S=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002805 secondary assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- LOZWAPSEEHRYPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dithiane Chemical compound C1CSCCS1 LOZWAPSEEHRYPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004398 2-methyl-2-butyl group Chemical group CC(C)(CC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004918 2-methyl-2-pentyl group Chemical group CC(C)(CCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004922 2-methyl-3-pentyl group Chemical group CC(C)C(CC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004917 3-methyl-2-butyl group Chemical group CC(C(C)*)C 0.000 description 2
- 125000004919 3-methyl-2-pentyl group Chemical group CC(C(C)*)CC 0.000 description 2
- 125000004921 3-methyl-3-pentyl group Chemical group CC(CC)(CC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004920 4-methyl-2-pentyl group Chemical group CC(CC(C)*)C 0.000 description 2
- SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2-aminoethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(NCCN)=CC=CC2=C1S(O)(=O)=O SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102100022900 Actin, cytoplasmic 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IGAZHQIYONOHQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alexa Fluor 555 Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=N)C(S(O)(=O)=O)=C2OC2=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C(N)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O IGAZHQIYONOHQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100022287 C-Jun-amino-terminal kinase-interacting protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dansyl Chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100023332 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 7 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100037570 Dual specificity protein phosphatase 16 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101001046656 Homo sapiens C-Jun-amino-terminal kinase-interacting protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000624594 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000881117 Homo sapiens Dual specificity protein phosphatase 16 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000950695 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000013016 Hypoglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010044467 Isoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100037808 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSBDPRIWBYHIAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-acetamide Natural products CC(=O)NC(C)=O ZSBDPRIWBYHIAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710184528 Scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000227 basophil cell of anterior lobe of hypophysis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002218 hypoglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000005415 magnetization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N monobenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- NZDBQZYHSRBLAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-acetamidopropyl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NCCCNC(=O)C=C NZDBQZYHSRBLAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- WDFKEEALECCKTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCNC(=O)C=C WDFKEEALECCKTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012053 oil suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036542 oxidative stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003538 pentan-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphotyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N semicarbazide Chemical compound NNC(N)=O DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000437 thiazol-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])N=C(*)S1 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical class C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 2
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCXADAULCYRZML-UHFFFAOYSA-N (carbamothioylamino)urea Chemical compound NC(=O)NNC(N)=S NCXADAULCYRZML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYUQAICWIDNMHT-AATRIKPKSA-N (e)-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-n-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropyl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC=C1\C=C\C(=O)NCCCN1CCOCC1 BYUQAICWIDNMHT-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCIJRRFSHZYLAZ-MDZDMXLPSA-N (e)-3-(furan-2-yl)-n-[3-[(2-phenoxyacetyl)amino]propyl]prop-2-enamide Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1/C=C/C(=O)NCCCNC(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 PCIJRRFSHZYLAZ-MDZDMXLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAVZLGHKGUVCGG-CMDGGOBGSA-N (e)-3-(furan-2-yl)-n-[3-[[2-(2-nitrophenoxy)acetyl]amino]propyl]prop-2-enamide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OCC(=O)NCCCNC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CO1 VAVZLGHKGUVCGG-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDVFGOBTPQTPCU-AATRIKPKSA-N (e)-n-(3-acetamidopropyl)-3-(furan-2-yl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NCCCNC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CO1 LDVFGOBTPQTPCU-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKQNBMDFAXCCPG-KZZDLZNXSA-N (e)-n-[3-[[(e)-3-(furan-2-yl)prop-2-enoyl]amino]propyl]-3-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(\C=C\C(=O)NCCCNC(=O)\C=C\C=2OC=CC=2)=C1 GKQNBMDFAXCCPG-KZZDLZNXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1Cl QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005926 1,2-dimethylbutyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZVFSQQHQPPKNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CN=CS1 YZVFSQQHQPPKNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIJNHUAPTJVVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxypyrene Chemical compound C1=C2C(O)=CC=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC=CC2=C1 BIJNHUAPTJVVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWMWNFMRSKOCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Phenyl-1,2-ethanediol Chemical compound OCC(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PWMWNFMRSKOCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 1-hexadecanoyl-2-(9Z,12Z-octadecadienoyl)-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 14-methylpentadecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCC2=C1 HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001917 2,4-dinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- WGDKVMYMZTWYKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1-propan-2-ylbenzimidazol-2-yl)sulfanyl-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2N(C(C)C)C=1SC1=NC=CS1 WGDKVMYMZTWYKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXNZFHIEDZEUQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound BrC1=NC=CS1 RXNZFHIEDZEUQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFAAOBGYWOUHLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC SFAAOBGYWOUHLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthalen-1-ylpyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWAZRIHNYRIHIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 JWAZRIHNYRIHIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALNUOSXDMYFQNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitro-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=NC=CS1 ALNUOSXDMYFQNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOPRXJXHLWYPQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 AOPRXJXHLWYPQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-acridin-1-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2C=C3C(=O)CC=CC3=NC2=C1 IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OALHHIHQOFIMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3',6'-dihydroxy-2',4',5',7'-tetraiodo-3h-spiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-3-one Chemical class O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 OALHHIHQOFIMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNMKZDDKPDBYJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-7-(3-methylbut-2-enoxy)chromen-4-one Chemical compound C1=C2OCOC2=CC(C2=COC=3C(C2=O)=CC=C(C=3)OCC=C(C)C)=C1 FNMKZDDKPDBYJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYYLGSWUPMPWLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)prop-2-enal Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=CC=O)O1 XYYLGSWUPMPWLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONDXPOIHPAJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=CC(N)=O)O1 ONDXPOIHPAJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSVYCXHKWNFZLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(furan-2-yl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CO1 XSVYCXHKWNFZLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound C1CC=NN1 MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHIPBRMXUDTUDU-VCHYOVAHSA-N 4-[(e)-(3-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl)methylideneamino]-3-thiophen-2-yl-1h-1,2,4-triazole-5-thione Chemical compound CC1=NN(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1\C=N\N(C(NN=1)=S)C=1C1=CC=CS1 WHIPBRMXUDTUDU-VCHYOVAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SOKOHDQTKSROQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-amino-6-(5-chloro-1h-indol-4-ylmethyl)-[1,3,5]triazin-2-ylamino]-benzonitrile Chemical compound N=1C(N)=NC(CC=2C=3C=CNC=3C=CC=2Cl)=NC=1NC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 SOKOHDQTKSROQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]diazenyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminopyridine Substances CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006043 5-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RRHXPUCIXLAHIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-aminochromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(N)=CC=C21 RRHXPUCIXLAHIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-hydroxycoumarin Natural products O1C(=O)C=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000021527 ATP binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091011108 ATP binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012111 Alexa Fluor 610 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012099 Alexa Fluor family Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N Alpha-lactose monohydrate Chemical compound O.O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002237 B-cell of pancreatic islet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004358 Butane-1, 3-diol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710105206 C-Jun-amino-terminal kinase-interacting protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KJXJZJCRRRIBGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=C(Sc([n]2-c3ccccc3)nnc2O)SC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC1 Chemical compound CCC1=C(Sc([n]2-c3ccccc3)nnc2O)SC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC1 KJXJZJCRRRIBGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100239628 Danio rerio myca gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical group O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010038537 Dual Specificity Phosphatase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010778 Dual Specificity Phosphatase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000672609 Escherichia coli BL21 Species 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150064015 FAS gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000002705 Glucose Intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018429 Glucose tolerance impaired Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001446459 Heia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101001077604 Homo sapiens Insulin receptor substrate 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000628949 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025087 Insulin receptor substrate 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710166851 JNK-interacting protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010068304 MAP Kinase Kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002569 MAP Kinase Kinase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101710175625 Maltose/maltodextrin-binding periplasmic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100026931 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 10 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DBXVOLCVILUGEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oc([n]1-c(cc2)cc3c2OCCO3)nnc1S Chemical compound Oc([n]1-c(cc2)cc3c2OCCO3)nnc1S DBXVOLCVILUGEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAOXPTJDYMBTGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oc([n]1-c2ccccc2)nnc1S Chemical compound Oc([n]1-c2ccccc2)nnc1S RAOXPTJDYMBTGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012124 Opti-MEM Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033307 Overweight Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940122907 Phosphatase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical group OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052773 Promethium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710092489 Protein kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000003111 SAR by NMR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006300 SLC2A4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Streptozotocin Natural products O=NN(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYTDEUPAUMOIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N TEMPO Chemical group CC1(C)CCCC(C)(C)N1[O] QYTDEUPAUMOIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000010632 Transcription Factor Activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSIDDAOXUZQIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-][N+](C1=CCCC=C(Sc([n]2-c3ccccc3)nnc2O)S1)=O Chemical compound [O-][N+](C1=CCCC=C(Sc([n]2-c3ccccc3)nnc2O)S1)=O LFSIDDAOXUZQIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010976 amide bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001541 aziridines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SJCPQBRQOOJBFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[a]phenalen-1-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)C=C3)=C4C3=CC=CC4=CC2=C1 SJCPQBRQOOJBFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003851 biochemical process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium carbonate Substances [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000028861 calmodulin binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000084 calmodulin binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001728 carbonyl compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce] GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940082500 cetostearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012050 conventional carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002447 crystallographic data Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N decyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000223 dermal penetration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- UZVGSSNIUNSOFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzofuran-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C=CC=C2C(=O)O UZVGSSNIUNSOFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007783 downstream signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037149 energy metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000219 ethylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007446 glucose tolerance test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004190 glucose uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005694 halopyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005570 heteronuclear single quantum coherence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000990 heteronuclear single quantum coherence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol;octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium atom Chemical compound [Ho] KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008309 hydrophilic cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013821 hydroxy alkyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940078545 isocetyl stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108700025907 jun Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001021 lactose monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002350 laparotomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005772 leucine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical class [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004460 liquid liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000622 liquid--liquid extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 1
- MVHMFQDFOCNCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-nitro-6-[2-(thiophene-2-carbonylamino)phenyl]sulfanylpyridine-3-carboxylate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C(=O)OC)=CN=C1SC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CS1 MVHMFQDFOCNCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPGZFSZIQGBWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 6-[2-[(4-chlorobenzoyl)amino]phenyl]sulfanyl-5-nitropyridine-3-carboxylate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C(=O)OC)=CN=C1SC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 VPGZFSZIQGBWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CEQFOVLGLXCDCX-WUKNDPDISA-N methyl red Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O CEQFOVLGLXCDCX-WUKNDPDISA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cyclopentane Natural products CC1CCCC1 GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001589 microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BECINCYHNXVQTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-[(5-nitro-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)sulfanyl]phenyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide Chemical compound S1C([N+](=O)[O-])=CN=C1SC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 BECINCYHNXVQTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJQRYIOSVPEUQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-(prop-2-enoylamino)propyl]prop-2-enamide Chemical compound C=CC(=O)NCCCNC(=O)C=C GJQRYIOSVPEUQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-hydroxybenzoic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013116 obese mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012753 partial hepatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004624 phenarsazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3[As]=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117953 phenylisothiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-QMMMGPOBSA-N phosphonotyrosine Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003240 portal vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N praseodymium atom Chemical compound [Pr] PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002810 primary assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N promethium atom Chemical compound [Pm] VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012342 propidium iodide staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylidene Chemical compound [CH]CC OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1 USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrroline Natural products C1CC=NC1 ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinuclidine Chemical compound C1CC2CCN1CC2 SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- HSSLDCABUXLXKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N resorufin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C=C2OC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=C21 HSSLDCABUXLXKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013037 reversible inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium atom Chemical compound [Sm] KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium(3+) Chemical compound [Sm+3] DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004835 semi-empirical calculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007781 signaling event Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940001593 sodium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003339 sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940083466 soybean lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003883 substance clean up Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011885 synergistic combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetratriacontyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRNOGLGSGLTDKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N thulium atom Chemical compound [Tm] FRNOGLGSGLTDKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100611 topical cream Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940100615 topical ointment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000440 toxicity profile Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 125000006168 tricyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001363 water suppression through gradient tailored excitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002676 xenobiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004933 β-carbolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/48—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
- C12Q1/485—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase involving kinase
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/90—Enzymes; Proenzymes
- G01N2333/91—Transferases (2.)
- G01N2333/912—Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
- G01N2333/91205—Phosphotransferases in general
- G01N2333/9121—Phosphotransferases in general with an alcohol group as acceptor (2.7.1), e.g. general tyrosine, serine or threonine kinases
- G01N2333/91215—Phosphotransferases in general with an alcohol group as acceptor (2.7.1), e.g. general tyrosine, serine or threonine kinases with a definite EC number (2.7.1.-)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2500/00—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
- G01N2500/02—Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C on the interaction between interacting molecules A and B (e.g. A = enzyme and B = substrate for A, or A = receptor and B = ligand for the receptor)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/04—Endocrine or metabolic disorders
- G01N2800/042—Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism, e.g. diabetes, glucose metabolism
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/04—Endocrine or metabolic disorders
- G01N2800/044—Hyperlipemia or hypolipemia, e.g. dyslipidaemia, obesity
Definitions
- Obesity and type 2 diabetes are the most prevalent and serious of the metabolic diseases, affecting more than 50% of adults in the USA (Must, 1999).
- Obesity activates the kinase JNK in liver, skeletal muscle, and adipose tissue.
- Recent in vivo data are in line with previous reports showing that activation of JNK by pro-inflammatory cytokines inhibits insulin signaling in mouse embryonic fibroblasts, 3T3-L1 and 32Dir cells, through phosphorylation of Ser307 of IRSl (Uysal et al., 1997).
- Insulin activates JNK in L6 myotubes, rat adipocytes and Rat-1 fibroblasts, indicating that JNK could act as an important negative feedback regulator of insulin signaling (Standaert et al., 1999).
- JNK binds to scaffold proteins and substrates containing a D-domain having the consensus sequence R/KXXXXLXL (Kallunki et al., 1996; Yang et al., 1998).
- JNK-interacting protein- 1 (JIPl) is a scaffolding protein which enhances JNK signaling by creating a proximity effect between JNK and upstream kinases (Whitmarsh et al., 1998).
- the JNK-JIPl interaction is mediated by a specific, high affinity D-domain on JIPl.
- the mechanism of JNKl inhibition by pepJIPl is mainly due to the competition of pepJIPl with other D-domains of substrates or upstream kinases (Bonny et al, 2001; Ho et al, 2003). However, this is not the only mechanism through which pepJIPl inhibits the kinase.
- the x-ray structure of the catalytic cleft in the complex shows that the ATP- binding site is distorted on binding of pepJIPl to JNKl, resulting in a reduced affinity of ATP to JNKl.
- pepJIPl inhibits JNKl phosphorylaton of myelin basic protein (MBP), which is a substrate without a docking site.
- MBP myelin basic protein
- assays were developed which allow for rapid screening of a number of test compounds to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction.
- the modulators are JIPl mimmetics.
- a number of compounds that bind to the JIPl binding pocket of JNK and thereby inhibit its function were identified.
- the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions, kits comprising reagents for the disclosed methods, kits comprising compounds and/or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention and methods of treating patients having a metabolic disorder.
- the invention provides methods to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, by providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent, washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support, separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
- the polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof is coupled to biotin.
- the solid support comprises streptavidin.
- the polypeptide comprising JNK further comprises glutathione S transferase (GST) or a His tag.
- the ligand is an antibody, e.g., an anti GST antibody.
- the label is a lanthanide, e.g., europium.
- the solid support is a multi-well plate.
- the JNK is JNKl .
- the JNK is JNK2.
- the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the associated molecules. In yet another embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules.
- the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
- the invention provides methods to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, by providing a sample comprising a test agent, and a polypeptide comprising labeled JIPl or a fragment thereof, wherein the label is a fluorophore; and determining fluorescence polarization in the sample relative to a control sample that lacks the test agent.
- the JNK is JNKl . In another embodiment, the JNK is JNK2. In another embodiment, the fluorophore is fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC).
- FITC fluorescein isothiocyanate
- the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking
- the invention provides methods to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, by contacting a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP or a fragment thereof with a sample comprising a fusion protein comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIP, and a test agent, separating molecules not associated with the solid support comprising JIPl or the fragment thereof from molecules associated with the solid support, separating the label from the ligand, and determining the amount of separated label.
- the polypeptide comprising JIP or the peptide thereof is coupled to biotin.
- the solid support comprises streptavidin.
- the JNK fusion protein further comprises GST or a His tag.
- the ligand is an antibody.
- the label is a lanthanide.
- the solid support is a multi-well plate.
- the JNK is JNKl . In another embodiment, the JNK is JNK2.
- the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the associated molecules. In yet another embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules. In one embodiment, the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
- the invention provides assays which do not use a solid support, e.g., soluble assays.
- the invention provides methods for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, by contacting a complex comprising polypeptides comprising JIP and JNK, or fragments thereof, each of which contains one of a donor and an acceptor fluorophore, with a test agent, and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore, thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction of JIP and JNK.
- a decrease in the FRET indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction.
- the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex. In a specific embodiment, the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP.
- the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK.
- the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
- the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
- the FRET is time resolved FRET.
- the methods of the invention also provide isolating and identifying the test compound.
- the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
- the invention provides methods for identifying modulators of JIP/JNK interaction by contacting a solution comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, comprises a fluorescent donor or acceptor, with a test agent; adding to the solution a polypeptide comprising JNK, or a fragment thereof, comprising a donor or acceptor, wherein the JNK polypeptide comprises either a fluorescent donor or acceptor suitable to form a fluorescent donor/acceptor pair with the JIP fluorophore; and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore, thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction.
- a decrease in the FRET compared to a solution lacking the test compound indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction of JIP and JNK.
- the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex.
- the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP.
- the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK.
- the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
- the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
- the methods of the invention further provide for isolating and identifying the test compound.
- the invention provides methods for inhibiting JIP/JNK interaction in cells comprising contacting cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides methods for treating a metabolic disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides methods for treating diabetes, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides methods for treating obesity comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides compounds for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has the structure set forth as formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides compounds for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has a structure set forth in Table I, Ia, II, Ha, III, IV, V, or VI set forth herein below.
- the metabolic disease is obesity or diabetes.
- the invention provides compounds having the structure set forth as formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
- the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefor.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, e.g., obesity or diabetes.
- the invention provides a kit comprising one or more reagents useful in the methods of the invention and instructions for use.
- kits for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and instructions for use.
- kits for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and instructions for use.
- the invention provides kits comprising one or more compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention and instructions for use.
- the invention provides a compound identified by any one of the methods described herein.
- the methods of the invention may comprise an additional step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against a JNK2 mutant to determine active site binding location.
- the additional step may comprise the step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against R127A and C167S mutants of JNK2 to determine if the compound is binding in the JIP pocket.
- Figure 1 is a schematic representation of the use of Delfia ® (Dissociation enhanced lanthanide fluorimmuno assay) to identify JIPl mimics.
- Delfia ® Dissociation enhanced lanthanide fluorimmuno assay
- Figures 2A-B set forth a (A) graph showing titration of a JIP peptide with Delfia ® and JNK and (B) dinase assay with GST-cJun and JIPl.
- Figure 3 sets forth exemplary compounds (5328208 and 5245976) identified with Delfia ® and JNK as modulators of the JIP1/JNK interaction.
- FIGS 4A-B depicts NMR binding data for (A) 5328208 and (B) 5245976 in the presence of GST-JNK2.
- Figure 5 depicts the results of a displacement assay for 5245976.
- Figure 6 sets forth analogs of 5245976 (6115184, 7246555 and 7261715) and their percent displacement.
- Figure 7 depicts the results of a competition assay for 11E5, 11E6, 11E8 and 11E9.
- Figure 8 depicts the results of a kinase assay for 11E9.
- the IC 50 of 11E9 was determined to be approximately 25 ⁇ M.
- Figure 9 sets forth analogs of 5245976.
- Figure 10 sets forth the structures of compounds identified after molecular docking,
- Figure 10 also sets forth the percent inhibition for these compounds at 25 ⁇ M. The percent inhibition is 80%, 83%, 80%, and 100% for 17A5, 17C6, 19E2 and 24Dl, respectively.
- Figures HA-C set forth IC 50 data for 17C6, 19E2 and 24Dl.
- Figure 12 sets forth compounds identified by NMR (7E5 and 7El 1).
- Figure 13 sets fort TIr, STD, and WaterLogsy NMR data for 7E5 and 7El lat 400 ⁇ M in the presence of 5 ⁇ M JNK2.
- Figures 14A-B sets forth the kinase assay results for 5245976.
- Upper panel lanes 1-11 Hek293T cells transfected with a plasmid encoding HA-JNKl.
- Lower panel lanes 1-11 Hek293T cells transfected with a plasmid encoding HA-JNK2.
- Lane 1 no inhibitor; lane 3) 7El 1 200 ⁇ M; lane 4) 7E5 200 ⁇ M; lane 5) 5328028 200 ⁇ M; lane 7) 5245976 200 ⁇ M; lane 8) JIP 10 ⁇ M; lane 9) SP600125 10 ⁇ M; and lane 12) no inhibitor GFP control.
- JNKl or JNK2 were purified by immunoprecipitation with anti-HA antibodies and after a final wash, the immunoprecipitate was separated in different aliquots and incubated or not with the "candidate" JNK inhibitor.
- Figure 15 schematically depicts the soluble assay for modulators of JIP/JNK interaction.
- Figure 16 depicts the results of a statistical analysis of a soluble assay of the invention. Z was determined to be 0.8 indicating that the assay is very reliable.
- FIGS 17A-C depict the LANCE assay results for JIPl, 24Dl and SPB07895, respectively.
- Figures 18A and B depict the polypeptide sequence of JIP (SEQ ID NO:1) and JNK (SEQ ID NO:2), respectively.
- Figures 19A-D depict the in vitro characterization of pep-JIP and BI-78D3: A) surface representation of JNKl in complex with ball and stick representation of pepJIPl (RPKRPTTLNLF) and the ATP mimic SP600125 (PDB-ID IUKI), surface generated with MOLCAD (Teschner et al., 1994) and color coded according to cavity depth (blue, shallow; yellow, deep); B) BI-78D3 chemical structure; and C) Displacement assay for BI-78D3. D) Kinase assay for BI-78D3. E) Double reciprocal plot of JNK kinase activity as function of ATF2 in the presence of various amounts of BI-78D3 or DMSO control.
- Figures 20A-C depict docking studies and NMR analysis of BI-78D3: A) chemical structure and predicted binding mode of SP600125 derived azaindole-TEMPO compound; B) docked structure of BI-78D3 into the X-ray structure of JNKl (PDB ID IUKI) and predicted hydrogen bonding interactions between the compound and the residue Argl27 (displayed) are highlighted with dashed lines; and C) ID 1 H-NMR T lp spectra of BI-78D3 (500 ⁇ M) in the presence of 5 ⁇ M JNK2 (blue) or 5 ⁇ M JNK2 and 200 ⁇ M ATP-TEMPO (red) at 100 ms, NMR resonance assignments for the hydrogen nuclei of the small molecule are reported and signal reductions are as follows: Hl 46%, H2 56%, H3/H5 65%, and H4 72%.
- Figures 21 A and B depict biological analysis of BI-78D3: A) TR-FRET analysis of ATF2 phosphorylation upon TNF-alpha stimulation of A549 cells in the presence of increasing BI-78D3; and B) BI-78D3 effect on serum alanine-aminotransferase levels after 7.5 hours of exposure to Conconavilin A as compared to DMSO control.
- Figures 22 A and B set forth compounds with 100% displacement at 100 ⁇ M in the DELFIA assay for displacement of JIP peptide. Detailed Description of the Invention
- a “label” as used herein is a molecule which is detectable or capable of detection, for instance, a radiolabel, biotin, a hapten, a fluorophore, e.g., coumarin, rhodamine, rhodols, CRG6, Texas Methyl Red, fluorescein, 7 aminocoumarin, and 7-hydroxycoumarin, 2-amino-4- methoxynapthalene, 1-hydroxypyrene, resorufin, phenalenones or benzphenalenones, acridinones, anthracenes, and derivatives of ⁇ - and ⁇ -napthol, fluorinated xanthene derivatives including fluorinated fluoresceins and rhodols, a bioluminescent molecule, or a chemiluminescent molecule.
- the label may include a cleavable linker.
- the label is a donor or
- a "ligand” as used herein is a molecule that specifically binds to another molecule.
- exemplary ligands are a HIS tag, GST, maltose binding protein, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, calmodulin binding protein, hemagglutinin and the like.
- a “lanthanide,” “lanthanide series element” or “lanthanide series inner transition element” refers to Cerium (Ce), Praseodymium (Pr), Neodymium (Nd), Promethium (Pm), Samarium (Sm), Europium (Eu), Gadolinium (Gd), Terbium (Tb), Dysprosium (Dy), Holmium (Ho), Erbium (Er), Thulium (Tm), Ytterbium(Yb), or Lutetium (Lu).
- lanthanides include, e.g., Ce(III), Ce(IV), Pr(III), Nd(III), Pm(III), Sm(II), Sm(III), Eu(II), Eu(III), Gd(III), Tb(III), Dy(III), Ho(III), Er(III), Tm(III), Yb(II), Yb(III), and Lu(III).
- the term "antibody” refers to a protein having one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes.
- the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad of immunoglobulin variable region genes.
- Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda.
- Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
- the basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is known to comprise a tetramer.
- Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light” (about 25 kD) and one "heavy” chain (about 50-70 kD).
- the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
- the terms variable light chain (V L ) and variable heavy chain (Y 11 ) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively.
- Antibodies may exist as intact immunoglobulins, or as modifications in a variety of forms including, for example, FabFc 2 , Fab, Fv, Fd, (Fab D) 2 , an Fv fragment containing only the light and heavy chain variable regions, a Fab or (Fab) D 2 fragment containing the variable regions and parts of the constant regions, a single-chain antibody, e.g., scFv, CDR-grafted antibodies and the like.
- the heavy and light chain of a Fv may be derived from the same antibody or different antibodies thereby producing a chimeric Fv region.
- the antibody may be of animal (especially mouse or rat) or human origin or may be chimeric or humanized. As used herein the term "antibody" includes these various forms.
- JIP includes polypeptides having at least 80%, e.g., at least 85%, 90%, 95%, or more amino acid sequence identity to sequences having NCBI Accession Nos. Q9UQF2, Q9WV19, or Q9R237, and which bind JNK, and nucleic acid sequence encoding those polypeptides.
- the JIP is JIP-I, e.g., human (SEQ ID NO:1), rodent, for instance, rabbit, mouse, rat, mink or guinea pig, or nonhuman primate JIP-I.
- JNK includes polypeptides having at least 80%, e.g., at least 85%, 90%, 95%, or more amino acid sequence identity to sequences having NCBI Accession Nos. BAA85876, P45984, Q9WTU6 or Q91Y86, and which bind JIP, and nucleic acid sequence encoding those polypeptides.
- the JNK is JNKl, e.g., human (SEQ ID NO:2), rodent, for instance, rabbit, mouse, rat, mink or guinea pig, or nonhuman primate JNKl.
- the JNK is JNK2.
- the JNK is a mutant JNK (e.g., JNK2), such as, a JNK with a one or two amino acid mutation.
- JIP/JNK interaction is intended to mean an interaction, e.g., a physical or electrostatic interaction, between the JIP and JNK polypeptides or portions thereof.
- the interaction can be ligand mediated or directly between the polypeptides.
- modulator is intended to mean a compound, e.g., a small molecule, a peptide, a polypeptide, an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that has the ability to interfere, e.g., block, weaken or disrupt, the interaction between JIP and JNK.
- Modulators of the invention can be reversible or irreversible modulators.
- the term “obtaining” as in, e.g., "obtaining one or more reagents” is intended to include purchasing, synthesizing or otherwise acquiring the reagent or a material used in carrying out the methods of the invention.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
- such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
- inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like
- organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic,
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful in the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound, which contains a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- One diastereomer of a compound disclosed herein may display superior activity compared with the other.
- separation of the racemic material can be achieved by HPLC using a chiral column or by a resolution using a resolving agent such as camphonic chloride as in Thomas J .Tucker, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1994 37, 2437-2444.
- a chiral compound of Formula I may also be directly synthesized using a chiral catalyst or a chiral ligand, e.g. Mark A. Huffman, et al., J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 1590-1594.
- “Therapeutically effective amount” is intended to include an amount of a compound useful in the present invention or an amount of the combination of compounds claimed, e.g., to treat or prevent the disease or disorder, or to treat the symptoms of the disease or disorder, in a host.
- the combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described for example by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 22:27-55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is advantageously demonstrated at suboptimal concentrations of the compounds. Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased activity, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual components.
- metabolic disease is intended to mean a disease or disorder characterized by alteration of a normal metabolic process. These disorders are often the result of altered enzyme activity or production. Exemplary metabolic diseases include obesity and diabetes.
- treating or “treat” includes (i) preventing a pathologic condition from occurring (e.g. prophylaxis); (ii) inhibiting the pathologic condition or arresting its development; (iii) relieving the pathologic condition; and/or diminishing symptoms associated with the pathologic condition.
- subject refers to organisms to be treated by the methods of the present invention. Such organisms include, but are not limited to, mammals such as animals, preferably humans.
- the term “subject” generally refers to an individual who will receive or who has received treatment (e.g., administration of a compound of the inventions) for obesity and/or diabetes.
- Treatment e.g., administration of a compound of the inventions
- stable compound and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. Only stable compounds are contemplated by the present invention.
- Substituted is intended to indicate that one or more hydrogens on the atom indicated in the expression using “substituted” is replaced with a selection from the indicated group(s), provided that the indicated atom' s normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
- Suitable indicated groups include, e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy.
- 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
- virtual docking is intended to mean the process of testing the ability of a test agent to bind to a target protein, i.e., JNK, using a computer program algorithm. This research technique predicts whether one molecule will bind to another, usually a protein. Most commonly, virtual docking is done by modelling the interaction between two or more molecules: if the geometry of the pair is complementary and involves favorable biochemical interactions, one molecule will likely bind to the other in vitro or in vivo. A specific virtual docking approach is set forth in Example 1.
- Interrupted is intended to indicate that in between two or more adjacent carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atoms to which they are attached (e.g., methyl (CH 3 ), methylene (CH 2 ) or methine (CH)), indicated in the expression using “interrupted” is inserted with a selection from the indicated group(s), provided that the each of the indicated atoms' normal valency is not exceeded, and that the interruption results in a stable compound.
- Alkyl refers to a Ci-Ci8 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms. Examples are methyl (Me, -CH3), ethyl (Et, -CH2CH3), 1 -propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, -CH2CH2CH3), 2-propyl (i-Pr, i-propyl, -CH(CH3)2), 1 -butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, -CH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-l -propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, - CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, -C(CH3)3), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH2
- the alkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- the alkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- Alkylidenyl refers to a Cl -C 18 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms.
- the alkylidenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- the alkenylidenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- Alkylene refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or different carbon atoms of a parent alkane.
- Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to: methylene (-CH 2 -) 1,2-ethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 -), 1,3-propyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), 1,4-butyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and the like.
- the alkylene can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- Alkenylene refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene.
- the alkenylene can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- alkoxy refers to the groups alkyl-O-, where alkyl is defined herein. Preferred alkoxy groups include, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, w-propoxy, wo-propoxy, w-butoxy, tert- butoxy, seobutoxy, w-pentoxy, w-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
- the alkoxy can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- aryl refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings, wherein at least one ring is aromatic (e.g., naphthyl, dihydrophenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, or anthryl).
- Preferred aryls include phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
- the aryl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- aryl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing an arylene.
- aryl may be substituted with a divalentsubstituent forming multicyclic structure wherein at least one ring is aromatic, e.g., 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6- yi-
- cycloalkyl refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings.
- Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
- the cycloalkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- the cycloalkyl can optionally be at least partially unsaturated, thereby providing a cycloalkenyl. Additionally, the cycloalky
- halo refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
- Haloalkyl refers to alkyl as defined herein substituted by 1-4 halo groups as defined herein, which may be the same or different. Representative haloalkyl groups include, by way of example, trifluoromethyl, 3-fluorododecyl, 12,12,12-trifluorododecyl, 2-bromooctyl, 3-bromo-6- chloroheptyl, and the like.
- heteroaryl is defined herein as a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system containing one, two, or three aromatic rings and containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in an aromatic ring, and which can be unsubstituted or substituted, for example, with one or more, and in particular one to three, substituents, like halo, alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, and alkylsulfonyl. Additionally, the heteroaryl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing a heteroarylene. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, 2/f-pyrrolyl, 3/f-indolyl,
- heteroaryl denotes a monocyclic aromatic ring containing five or six ring atoms containing carbon and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Z) wherein Z is absent or is H, O, alkyl, phenyl or benzyl.
- heteroaryl denotes an ortho- fused bicyclic heterocycle of about eight to ten ring atoms derived therefrom, particularly a benz-derivative or one derived by fusing a propylene, or tetramethylene diradical thereto.
- the heteroaryl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- heterocycle is a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
- heterocycle groups include 1,3- dihydrobenzofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,4-dithiane, 2/f-pyran, 2-pyrazoline, 4/f-pyran, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, morpholine, piperazinyl, piperidine, piperidyl, pyrazolidine, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, quinuclidine, and thiomorpholine.
- the heterocycle can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and COOR X , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
- the heterocycle can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing a heterocyclene.
- nitrogen heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, morpholino, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like as well as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing
- the nitrogen heterocycle can be 3-methyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrazino[3,2,l-jk]carbazol- 3-ium iodide.
- Another class of heterocyclics is known as "crown compounds" which refers to a specific class of heterocyclic compounds having one or more repeating units of the formula [- (CH 2 -) a A-] where a is equal to or greater than 2, and A at each separate occurrence can be O, N, S or P.
- Examples of crown compounds include, by way of example only, [-(CH 2 ) 3 -NH-] 3 , [- ((CH 2 ) 2 -O) 4 -((CH 2 ) 2 -NH) 2 ] and the like. Typically such crown compounds can have from 4 to 10 heteroatoms and 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
- examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, acetoxy, propanoyloxy, butanoyloxy, and pentanoyloxy. Any alkyl group as defined above can be used to form an acyloxy group.
- amino refers to -NH 2
- alkylamino refers to -NR 2 , wherein at least one R is alkyl and the second R is alkyl or hydrogen.
- nitro refers to -NO 2 .
- trifluoromethyl refers to -CF 3 .
- trifluoromethoxy refers to -OCF 3 .
- cyano refers to -CN.
- hydroxy or "hydroxyl” refers to -OH.
- oxy refers to -O-.
- nucleic acid base refers to a nitrogenous base that is planar, aromatic and heterocyclic. They are typically derivatives of either purine or pymidine. Suitable nucleic acid bases include, e.g., purine, pymidine, adenine, guanine, cytosine, uracil, and thymine.
- the nucleic acid base can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NR x R y and/or C00R x , wherein each R x and R y is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy.
- any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible.
- the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
- substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree.
- "recursive substituent” means that a substituent may recite another instance of itself. Because of the recursive nature of such substituents, theoretically, a large number may be present in any given claim.
- One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal chemistry understands that the total number of such substituents is reasonably limited by the desired properties of the compound intended. Such properties include, by of example and not limitation, physical properties such as molecular weight, solubility or log P, application properties such as activity against the intended target, and practical properties such as ease of synthesis.
- Recursive substituents are an intended aspect of the invention.
- One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal and organic chemistry understands the versatility of such substituents.
- the total number will be determined as set forth above.
- the compounds described herein can be administered as the parent compound, a prodrug of the parent compound, or an active metabolite of the parent compound.
- Pro-drugs are intended to include any covalently bonded substances which release the active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present invention in vivo when such pro-drug is administered to a mammalian subject.
- Pro-drugs of a compound of the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation in vivo, to the parent compound.
- Pro-drugs include compounds of the present invention wherein the carbonyl, carboxylic acid, hydroxy or amino group is bonded to any group that, when the pro-drug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free carbonyl, carboxylic acid, hydroxy or amino group.
- Examples of pro-drugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention, and the like.
- Metal refers to any substance resulting from biochemical processes by which living cells interact with the active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present invention in vivo, when such active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present are administered to a mammalian subject. Metabolites include products or intermediates from any metabolic pathway.
- Metal pathway refers to a sequence of enzyme-mediated reactions that transform one compound to another and provide intermediates and energy for cellular functions.
- the metabolic pathway can be linear or cyclic.
- JNKl -3 isozymes are members of the mitogen activated protein kinases (MAPK), considered to be at the focal point of different signaling pathways activated by many distinct cell surface receptors and whose role is to transduce these signals to effector molecules that generate changes in gene expression by regulating transcription and mRNA stability (Hirosumi et al., 2002).
- MAPK mitogen activated protein kinases
- JNKs activate the transcription factors TCF/Elk-1, ATF2 and c-Jun by phosphorylation, leading to increased c-jun and fas gene transcription and increased API transcription factor activity (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Aibi et al., 1993; Derijard et al., 1994; Shanlian et al., 2002; Gupta et al., 1996; Kaneto et al., 2002; Shang et al., 2003).
- the JNKs are also implicated in stabilization of inherently unstable mRNAs, as shown for IL-2 mRNA.
- the JNKs are considered key signaling molecules in the "communication" between external stimuli (stress) and gene expression.
- the JNKs are activated in response to several stresses, such as infection, pro-inflammatory cytokines, UV radiation, various xenobiotics and oxidative stress (Aibi et al., 1993; Derigard et al., 1994, Shanlian et al., 2002; Gupta et al., 1996; Kaneto et al., 2002, Shang et al., 2003; Dong et al., 2000; Yuan et al., 2001; Arkan et al., 2005; Lin, 2003; Hotamisligil et al., 1994a, Hotamisligil et al., 1994b; Ofei et al., 1996).
- stresses such as infection, pro-inflammatory cytokines, UV radiation, various xenobiotics and oxidative stress (Aibi et al., 1993; Derigard et al., 1994, Shanlian et al., 2002; Gupta et al., 1996; Kane
- JNKl is a potent regulator of insulin signaling and could be implicated in the pathogenesis of the metabolic syndrome (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Aguirre et al., 2000). Briefly, insulin stimulates glucose entry into cells by binding the insulin receptor (IR) at the cell surface. IR is a member of the tyrosine kinase receptor-family and after hormone binding, it autophosphorylates tyrosine residues on its cytoplasmic domain. This in turn leads to the recruitment of the scaffold proteins Insulin Receptor Substrates (IRS), likely via their phosphotyrosine binding domain (PTB). Several IRS molecules have been identified.
- IR Insulin Receptor Substrates
- IRSl and IRS2 have been clearly proven to play a major role in insulin signaling. Both IRSl and IRS2 are phosphorylated at several tyrosine residues by the IR, making possible the recruitment of other signaling molecules such as PI3 kinase (PI3K), which interacts with specific phosphotyrosine residues on IRS1/IRS2 via the SH2 domain of the regulatory P85 subunit. The signal is then transmitted to downstream signaling molecules and this cascade of events results in increased expression and activity of several enzymes involved in energy metabolism and in the increased translocation to the cytosolic membrane of the glucose transporter GLUT4, which increases glucose uptake in skeletal muscle and adipose tissue (Yang et al., 1998).
- PI3K PI3 kinase
- JNKl knock out mice were found to be resistant to diabetes in both dietary and genetic models of obesity (Hirosumi et al., 2002). It was proposed that JNKl elicits insulin resistance via specific phosphorylation of serine 307 present in the PTB domain of IRSl, which interferes with its recruitment to the IR, resulting in decreased IRS 1 tyrosine phosphorylation and impairment of PI3K recruitment in response to insulin (Whitmarsh et al., 1998; Dickens et al., 1997; Bonny et al., 2001).
- JIPl specifically interacts with components of the JNK signaling modules by binding JNK, MKK7, and members of the mixed lineage kinase (MLK) group of MAP3K (Whitmarsh et al., 1998, Aquirrre et al., 2000; Momson et al., 2003; Willoughby et al., 2003).
- JIPl and the p38 cognate, JIP2 can bind the MAPK phosphatase MKP7, indicating that these JIP scaffold complexes include both activating and inhibitory components of the JNK signaling pathway (Willoughby et al., 2003).
- Deletion analysis of JIPl demonstrates that the sites of interaction with JNK, MKK7, and MLK protein kinases correspond to separate sites on JIPl (Whitmarsh et al., 1998).
- JNK decreased the affinity of JIPl for MLK (Nihalani et al., 2001); the binding of FHF increased the binding of JIP2 to p38 MAPK (Fattorusso et al., 2005); the binding of AKT to JIPl decreased the binding of JNK to JIPl (Leone et al., 2003); and the binding of the phosphatase MKP7 to JIPl inhibited JNK activation caused by the JIPl scaffold complex (Willoughby et al., 2003).
- One of the effective means of JNK inhibition employed the overexpression of JIP 1.
- An 11-amino acid peptide inhibitor of activated JNKs based on amino acids 153-163 of JIPl (pepJIPl), inhibited JNK activity in vitro toward recombinant c-Jun, Elk, and ATF2 up to 90% at sub-micromolar concentrations and directly interacted with recombinant JNKs but not its substrates, as shown by surface plasmon resonance analysis and isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC) (Heo et al, 2004) Alanine scanning within pepJIPl identified 4 residues (Arg-156, Pro-
- the crystal structure of JNKl in complex with pepJIPl provided insightful information on the nature of the JIPl /JNKl interaction (Heo et al., 2004).
- three main interactions can be observed between the peptide and JNKl : a first hydrophobic cavity on JNKl accommodates the side-chain of Leu- 160 and Leu-162; a second shallower pocket is occupied by Pro-157; finally, intermolecular hydrogen bonding involving Arg-156 and Thrl58 was observed.
- the identification of a lead compound represents the starting point for the development of new candidate drugs.
- different strategies are pursued for hit identification and optimization processes.
- One approach is based on a combination of medicinal chemistry guided by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy and structure-based techniques. These enable the identification of initial "weaker” hit compounds and guide the translation of such compounds into more potent and selective leads.
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- the following selection criteria may be used: molecular weight ⁇ 500, number of hydrogen bond donors between 0 and 2, number of hydrogen bond acceptors between 2 and 9, number of rotatable bonds less then 8, and octanol/water repartition coefficient (LogP) ⁇ 5 (Oprea, 2000).
- the goal in using these empirical drug-like property filters is to predict favorable outcome in ADMET (adsorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, toxicity) studies, as well as final success as a drug in humans.
- a library having a fairly small (about 600 compounds) but diverse set of low-molecular-weight scaffolds derived mainly from compounds commonly found in known drugs (Becattini et al., 2004) was employed.
- This library was assembled and ID 1 H and 13 C NMR spectra were measured as a quality control and to assess solubility.
- the library was designed also to optimize the detection of ligand-ligand interactions by selecting compounds with appropriate derivatizations of functional groups with proton NMR- detectable substituents. Furthermore, the introduction of heteroatoms in these substituents also results in large chemical shift dispersion between the compounds of the library, thus enabling the detection of ILOEs in complex mixtures.
- solution-phase synthesis aided by resin-bound reagents and scavengers may be employed. These allow removal of excess reagents and byproducts by using filtration rather then using liquid-liquid extraction, chromatography or crystallization. Initially, the focus is on linkage via amide bonds, ethers or thioethers. Amide bond formation may be performed with the coupling reagent PS-carbodiimide (Argonaut) in presence of HOBt, subsequently scavenged post-reaction by the resin-bound PS- Trisamine.
- Microwave assisted chemistry may also be used for various reactions (Forino et al., 2005; Tautz et al., 2004).
- carbodiimmide catalyzed reactions both PS-CDI and water-soluble-CDI
- yields varying from 25 to 50%.
- uncatalyzed amidation of the acid was performed under solvent free conditions, using a slight excess of amine, excellent yields (> 80%) were obtained.
- Milestone Microwave systems allow for up to 16 different reaction conditions at the same time.
- one aspect of the invention provides a method or assay to identify/screen for a compound that modulates the JIP/JNK interaction.
- the method comprises providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent; washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
- the solid support can be any of the solid supports useful for high throughput screening known to those skilled in the art. These include but are not limited to a well of a multi well plate, bead, particle or resin, including a natural or synthetic polymer.
- the invention also provides assays that do not use a solid support, e.g., a soluble assay to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction.
- the assay makes use of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) to determine if a test compound modulates the interaction of JIP and JNK.
- FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
- a donor and acceptor fluorophore are added to JIP and JNK thereby allowing the emission of acceptor specific fluorescence if binding occurs between JIP and JNK. This fluorescence emission occurs only when the donor and acceptor fluorophores are in close proximity to each other, e.g., when JIP and JNK are bound.
- candidate compounds can be added to a solution prior to JIP/JNK complex formation or after the complex is formed, and the effect of the compound on the interaction can be monitored.
- biotin is attached to the JIP and an acceptor fluorophore is attached to streptavidin thereby attaching a acceptor fluorophore to JIP through a biotin/ streptavidin interaction.
- JNK is fused to GST and an donor fluorophore is attached to a GST antibody thereby providing a donor fluorophore JNK through the GST-antibody interaction.
- the JNK/JIP interaction can be monitored via the emission from the acceptor fluorophore attached to JIP.
- fluorophores e.g., donor and acceptor fluorophores that can be used in the FRET-based assays described herein.
- the assays would be equally effective if the donor and acceptor molecules were placed on the other binding protein.
- any of a number of known combinations of donor and acceptor labels can be used for FRET.
- FRET fluorescence resonance spectrometry
- the fluorescent donor and acceptor are Europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
- the JNK/JIP interaction may be monitored when the JNK is a mutant JNK, wherein such mutation(s) are selected to determine particular active site involvement.
- the methods of identification may further comprise the additional step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against R127A and C167S mutants of JNK2 to determine if the compound is binding in the JIP pocket (i.e., a drop in binding affinity for the compound by these mutants, would indicate that a compound binds in the JIP pocket).
- compounds identified by the methods of the invention which are useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions, include compounds of formula (II):
- Q 2 is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle
- Additional compounds useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions include compounds of formula (III):
- Q is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle
- Q 6 is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle
- Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl, and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl;
- Z 2 is selected from H, thiazole (e.g., thiazol-2-yl), and benzylsulfonyl; and Z 1 and Z 2 may be independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl (e.g., t-butyl or methyl), CO 2 H, lower alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), halogen (e.g., F), NO 2 , and perfluoroalkoxy (e.g., OCF 3 ).
- Z 2 is 5-nitrothiazol-2-yl.
- Z 1 is 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl.
- Additional compounds useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions include compounds of formula (V):
- Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl, and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl;
- Z 2 is selected from H, thiazole (e.g., thiazol-2-yl), and benzylsulfonyl; and Z 1 and Z 2 may be independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl (e.g., t-butyl or methyl), CO 2 H, lower alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), halogen (e.g., F), NO 2 , and perfluoroalkoxy (e.g., OCF 3 ).
- Z 1 is phenyl.
- a compound of the invention is a compound of formula V, wherein Z 2 is H, Z 1 is not 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl or phenyl.
- a specific value for Q 1 is aryl or heterocycle. Another specific value for Q 1 is aryl. Another specific value for Q 1 is heterocycle. Another specific value for Q 1 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q 1 is 2-furan. Another specific value for Q 1 is 2-(5-methyl) furan.
- a specific value for Q 2 is absent, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heterocycle. Another specific value for Q 2 is optionally substituted aryl. Another specific value for Q 2 is optionally substituted heterocycle. Another specific value for Q 2 is phenyl, 2-furan, N- (3-morpholino), 2-(5-methyl) furan, absent, o-NO 2 -phenyl or m-OMe-p-OH-phenyl. Another specific value for Q 2 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q 2 is 2-furan. Another specific value for Q 2 is N-(3-morpholino). Another specific value for Q 2 is 2-(5-methyl) furan. Another specific value for Q 2 is absent. Another specific value for Q 2 is o-NO 2 -phenyl. Another specific value for Q is m-OMe-p-OH-phenyl.
- a specific value for X 4 is absent or O. Another specific value for X 4 is absent. Another specific value for X 4 is O.
- R x is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl
- N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide N,N'-(propane- l,3-diyl)diacetamide
- N-propylacrylamide N,N'-(2,2-dimethylpropane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide
- N-(3-acetamidopropyl)acrylamide or N,N'- (propane- 1 ,3-diyl)diacrylamide.
- Another specific value for X 5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide. Another specific value for X 5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacetamide. Another specific value for X 5 is N- propylacrylamide. Another specific value for X 5 is N,N'-(2,2-dimethylpropane-l,3- diyl)diacrylamide. Another specific value for X 5 is l,l'-(l,4-diazepane-l,4-diyl)diprop-2-ene-l- one. Another specific value for X is N-(3-acetamidopropyl)acrylamide. Another specific value for X 5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide.
- a specific value for X 6 is absent or O. Another specific value for X 6 is absent. Another specific value for X 6 is O.
- a specific value for Q 3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q 3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl. Another specific value for Q 3 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q 3 is 6-( methyl 5- nitronicotinate); 2-(5-nitrothiazole); 7-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine); 4-(3-methyl- 1 -phenyl- lH-pyrazole) or 2-(thiazole). Another specific value for Q 3 is 6-( methyl 5-nitronicotinate). Another specific value for
- Q 3 is 2-(5-nitrothiazole). Another specific value for Q 3 is 7-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine). Another specific value for Q 3 is 4-(3-methyl-l-phenyl-lH-pyrazole). Another specific value for Q 3 is 2-(thiazole).
- a specific value for X 7 is absent or aryl. Another specific value for X 7 is absent. Another specific value for X 7 is aryl. Another specific value for X 7 is phenyl. Another specific value for X 7 is 1,2-phenyl. Another specific value for X 7 is 3,4'-(4-(4'-phenyl)-lH-l,2,4-triazol- 5(4H)-one). Another specific value for X 7 is l,2-(lH-benzo[d]imidazole). Another specific value for X 7 is 2,5-(l,3,4-thiadiazole).
- Another specific value for Q 5 is absent.
- Another specific value for Q 5 is absent.
- Q is OR Z , wherein R z is alkylene, alkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocyclene, or cycloalkylene. Another specific value for Q is OCH 2 . A specific value for Q 6 is optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q 6 is optionally substituted heteroaryl. Another specific value for Q 6 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q 6 is optionally substituted alkyl.
- Q 6 Another specific value for Q 6 is 2-thiophene; m-CF 3 -phenyl; 2-(5-(pyridin-4- yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole); 4-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)-lH-l,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione); orp-Cl-phenyl.
- Another specific value for Q 6 is 2-thiophene.
- Another specific value for Q 6 is m-CF 3 -phenyl.
- Another specific value for Q 6 is 2-(5-(pyridin-4-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole).
- Q 6 is or 4-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)-lH-l,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione). Another specific value for Q 6 is p-Cl-phenyl. Another specific value for Q 6 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q 6 is isopropyl.
- Specific compounds of formula (III) include: methyl 5-nitro-6-(2-(thiophene-2-carboxamido)phenylthio)nicotinate; N-(2-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)phenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide; 2-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)-5-(pyridin-4-yl)-l,3,4- oxadiazole; (E)-4-((3-methyl-l-phenyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)methyleneamino)-3-(thiophen-2- yl)- IH- 1 ,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione; methyl 6-(2-(4-chlorobenzamido)phenylthio)-5-nitronicotinate; 4-(4-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-nitrothia
- the compounds of the invention may be selected from the exemplary compound listing shown below in the following tables (i.e., Tables I- VI). Importantly, it should be noted that the tabular listing below is used merely as a convenience, and each compound below should be considered a separate embodiment of the invention:
- the compounds of the invention may be selected from Table IV.
- Table IV
- the compound is not 83A5 or 83A6.
- particular compounds of the invention include those selected from the listing of compounds of Table V.
- the compound may be selected from the compounds of Table
- the compound of the invention is compound 83F6, 4-(4- Nitro-phenyl)-5-(5-nitro-thiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-2,4-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazol-3-one.
- the compounds of this invention are formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinary practice.
- Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like.
- Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986). Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like.
- the pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7 to 10.
- the formulations both for veterinary and for human use, of the invention comprise at least one active ingredient, as above defined, together with one or more acceptable carriers therefore and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
- the carrier(s) are advantageously "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.
- the formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes.
- the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA).
- Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
- the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
- the active ingredient may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
- a tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
- Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent.
- Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therefrom.
- the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and more preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w.
- the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
- the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base.
- the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof.
- the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide and related analogs.
- the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
- the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
- the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
- Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
- the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties.
- the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
- Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.
- compositions according to the present invention comprise one or more compounds of the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents.
- Pharmaceutical formulations containing the active ingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration.
- tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared.
- Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation.
- Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable.
- excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- inert diluents such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate
- granulating and disintegrating agents such as maize starch, or alginic acid
- binding agents such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch,
- Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.
- Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate).
- a suspending agent
- the aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p- hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
- preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p- hydroxy-benzoate
- coloring agents such as ethyl or n-propyl p- hydroxy-benzoate
- flavoring agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
- sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
- Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
- the oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
- Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.
- These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, and one or more preservatives.
- a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., sodium tartrate
- suspending agent e.g., sodium EDTA
- preservatives e.g., sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions.
- the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these.
- Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally- occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- the emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
- sweetening agents such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose.
- Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
- compositions of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
- a sterile injectable preparation such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
- This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder.
- the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic
- a time -release formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight).
- the pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration.
- an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 ⁇ g of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
- Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient.
- the active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
- Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
- Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns in increments microns such as 0.5, 1, 30 microns, 35 microns, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs.
- Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient.
- Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a given condition.
- Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
- the formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediately prior to use.
- sterile liquid carrier for example water for injection
- Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
- Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
- the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
- the invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising at least one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinary carrier therefore.
- Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary art and are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any other desired route. Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlled release of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of the active ingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provided compositions comprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated for sustained or controlled release.
- Effective dose of active ingredient depends at least on the nature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is being used prophylactically (lower doses), the method of delivery, and the pharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies. It can be expected to be from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day. Typically, from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically, from about .01 to about 5 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically, from about .05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day.
- the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight will range from 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably between 5 mg and 500 mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.
- One or more compounds of the invention are administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that a preferred route may vary with for example the condition of the recipient.
- An advantage of the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailable and can be dosed orally.
- the invention also provides kits comprising the reagents for performing the methods of the invention and instructions for use.
- the kit provides JIP and JNK comprising fluorescent donor and acceptor moieties and instructions for use.
- the donor and acceptor moieties are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
- Virtual docking strategies have been described to identify potential protein binders (Fattorusso et al., 2005; Leane et al., 2003; Kitada et al., 2003; Hajdaic et al., 1997 Forino et al., 2005). For instance, a number of in silico approaches have been used to identify inhibitors for Akt (Forino et al., 2005).
- Virtual docking may be performed on Linux cluster constituted by a 40 slaves plus head node, each with 2 CPUs Intel® Xenon 2.4 GHz running FlexX (Biosolve) or by using FlexX as implemented in Sybyl 6.9 (TRIPOS) on a 10-R12000 CPUs challenge machine and generating several solutions per compound.
- Top scoring compounds are selected by using CSCORE and visual inspection. Molecular models are built by using CORINA and Sybyl 6.9 (TRIPOS) and energy minimized by using the routine MAXIMIN or semi-empirical calculations (MOPAC). Cerius 2 (Accelrys, Inc.) may also be used. Initial docking studies with compounds are performed with FlexX as implemented in Sybyl 6.9 by using the three- dimensional structure of JNKl in complex with the JIPl peptide (PDB_ID IUKH) and the structure of the ternary complex between JNKl, JIPl and the ATP mimic SP600125 (PBDJD IUKI).
- a virtual docking approach to identify modulators of JIP/JNK was analyzed using several strategies including FlexX (Kramer et al., 1999), GOLD (Ver donk et al., 2003) and CSCORE (Clark et al., 2002), where the top 100-200 scoring compounds from a 50,000 compound library were tested. Briefly, a 50,000 compound library (Chembridge, San Diego) was selected and all compounds docked against the JIPl binding site on JNKl (PDB_ID IUKH). For this task, FlexX was used. Initially 5 solutions were generated for each ligand and the compounds rank ordered by using the FlexX scoring function.
- top scoring 4,000 compounds were then subsequently analyzed by using a consensus score between Chemscore (Eldridge et al., 1997) and Goldscore (Ver donk et al., 2003).
- the top 1,000 compounds were visually analyzed using Sybyl and compounds to be tested selected according to the following criteria: occupancy of both hydrophobic pockets; formation of hydrogen bonding interactions (similar to those observed in pepJIPl -JNKl); drug-likeness (see above); and ease of synthesis.
- Delfia ® dissociation enhanced lanthanide fluoroimmunoassay
- Delfia chemistry has been applied with success using various assay formats in the detection of receptor-ligand interactions.
- Delfia ® is a heterogeneous assay similar to an ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay).
- proteins were produced from a pET- 19b (Novagen) plasmid construct containing the respective nucleotide sequence fused to a N- terminal poly- His tag or GST.
- GST-JNK1/2 may be expressed in E. coli BL21 in LB media at 37 0 C, with an induction period of 3-4 hours with 1 mM IPTG. Approximate yields ranged from 13
- ⁇ C-VaI labelled His-JNKl (His-JNK2) for binding studies was similarly produced in M9 media supplemented with 50 mg/L of ⁇ - 13 C-Val (Cambridge Isotopes) at the time of induction with IPTG.
- soluble labelled protein was purified over a Hi-Trap chelating column (Amersham, Pharmacia), followed by ion-exchange purification with a MonoQ (Amersham, Pharmacia) column.
- a schematic representation of Delfia ® is set forth in Figure 1.
- a heterogeneous assay using a labeled JIPl peptide and a JNK fusion was employed to screen and characterize JIPl mimics.
- a bio tin labeled pep JIPl is bound to streptavidin coated 96 -well plates.
- GST-JNKl or GST- JNK2
- GST-JNK2 is incubated so as to allow for binding to pepJIPl, and after washing to eliminate unbound GST-JNKl (or GST-JNK2), a solution containing a Eu labeled anti-GST antibody (Perkin Elmer) is added together with a test agent.
- an enhancing solution is added to deliver the lanthanide from the antibody to the solution.
- Residual Eu fluorescence is subsequently detected with a VictorV2 (Perkin Elmer) plate reader with excitation at 360 nm and emission at 620 nm. If the test compound is capable of dissociating GST-JNKl from the biotinylated-pepJIPl peptide, the antibody carrying the label (Eu) is washed out and no fluorescence is detected. Because of the relaxation properties of Eu, detection can be accomplished also in time-resolved mode (TRF), free from possible interferences by test compounds, matrices, plates, and the like. Also, the sensitivity of Eu is superior to that of most other fluorescent labels.
- TRF time-resolved mode
- the reproducibility of the Delfia ® assay was evaluated by varying the biotin-pepJIPl (Anaspec) concentration (from 1 pM to 50 nM) ( Figure 2A); GST-JNKl (and GST- JNK2) concentration (from 1 nM to 500 nM) ( Figure 2B); incubation times (from 30 minutes to 2 hours); and the number of washing steps (from 2 to 7).
- the obtained IC 50 value of 3 ⁇ M is comparable with the K D value obtained by direct isothermal titration calorimetry experiments (about 0.6 ⁇ M).
- 100 ⁇ L of a 100 ng/ml of biotin labeled pepJIPl was added to each well of a 96-well streptavidin coated plate (Perkin Elmer). After incubation for 1 hour, unbound peptide was eliminated with 4 washing steps. Subsequently, to each well 78 ⁇ L solution of Eu-antibody conjugate (25 ng/ml), 2 ⁇ L DMSO solution containing a test compound, and 10 ⁇ L solution containing GST-JNKl (or GST- JNK2) protein (100 nM), were added. After 2 hours of incubation, each well was washed 4 times to eliminate unbound JNKl and the Eu- antibody if displaced by the test compound.
- enhancement solution Perkin Elmer
- fluorescence read after 30 minutes incubation excitation wavelength, 360 nm; emission wavelength, 620 nm.
- Controls include unlabeled pepJIPl peptide (Anaspec) and blanks received no compound.
- Controls include unlabeled peptide and blanks receiving no compounds. Protein and peptide solutions were prepared in Delfia buffer (Perkin-Elmer). Upon identifying mixtures that gave >50% inhibition at 12.5 ⁇ M, dose response measurements were performed to filter out eventual false positives. The mixtures were deconvolved to identify individual test compounds having activity and the individual compounds were retested to identify actual hits.
- a set of 31 potential pepJIPl mimics identified in a virtual docking approach were selected and tested further tested using Delfia®. Each compound was tested in duplicate; positive controls included pepJIPl (at 25 ⁇ M) and blanks received no proteins (6 wells each).
- Exemplary compounds identified by the method are 5328208 and 5245976 as set forth in Figure 3.
- TR-FRET assay was used as a secondary assay to further characterize the binding of the compounds identified through the virtual docking and Delfia assay described above.
- Example 5 Fluorescence Polarization Assay A homogeneous assay may also be to identify modulators of JIP1/JNK.
- the assay is based on displacement of fluorescence polarization (FP), which is also a mode of detection for the Victor V2 plate reader.
- FP fluorescence polarization
- a FITC-labeled-pepJIPl is synthesized (Anaspec) and its polarization measured at increasing protein concentrations (JNKl and JNK2) in 96-well plates. Upon binding, the initially rapid rotational correlation time of the FITC-pepJIPl approaches that of the macromolecule with concomitant increase of emitted polarized light.
- Test compounds can be monitored for their ability to bind to the JIPl binding pocket of JNK by detecting a decrease of polarization due to the displacement of bound FITC-pepJIPl.
- the advantage of FP versus Delfia® is that the sample preparation is simple and the assay does not require the use of tagged protein nor specific antibodies. In addition, being a homogeneous assay, FP is more suitable for testing several compounds (no time consuming washing steps).
- the potential interference from fluorescence of the test compound may be at least partially solved by using pepJIPl tagged with red-shifted Alexa Fluor dyes available from Molecular Probes.
- a FP assay may be used as rapid primary assay while Delfia ® may be used for hit validation in a secondary assay.
- a 30,000 compound library (-16,000 compounds, Maybridge Corporation, Cornwell,
- BI-78D3 was found to be 100-fold less active versus p38, a member of the MAPK family with high structural similarity to JNK. Furthermore, from Lineweaver-Burk analysis, BI-78D3 is a reversible inhibitor and is competitive with ATF2 for binding to JNKl with an apparent K(i) value of 200 nM ( Figure 19E). In addition, BI-78D3 does not inhibit the phosphorylation of a short peptide substrate lacking a D-domain (data not shown) further confirming that BI-78D3 is substrate competitive.
- FIG. 20A were performed.
- IC 50 data and structure-Activity Relationship (SAR) data were collected on compound analogues BI-78D3, BI-83C9, BI-83C7, BI-83C8, BI-83B3, BI-83C11, respectively, (see Table III).
- SAR structure-Activity Relationship
- the docked structure of BI-78D3 onto the binding surface of JNKl has many features in common with the recently solved X-ray structure of the ternary complex including pepJIPl, JNKl and the ATP mimic SP600125 (Heo et al., 2004; Figure 19A).
- An in vitro kinase assay was used as a secondary assay to further characterize the binding of the BI-78D3, identified through the Delfia assay described in Example 4, and related compounds.
- To assay in vitro kinase activity the LanthaScreen assay platform from Invitrogen was utilized. Time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay (TR-FRET) was performed in 384 well plates. Each well received JNKl (100 ng/mL), ATF2 (200 nM), and ATP (1 ⁇ M) in 5OmM HEPES, 1OmM MgCl 2, ImM EGTA and 0.01% Brij-35, pH 7.5 and test compounds.
- TR-FRET Time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay
- the kinase reaction was performed at room temperature for 1 hr. After this time, the terbium labeled antibody and EDTA were added into each well. After an additional hour incubation, the signal was measured at 520/495 nm emission ratio on a BMG Pherastar fluorescence plate reader.
- the LanthaScreen kinase assay results for BI-78D3 and other compounds screened are shown in Table III and Table IV.
- NMR-based approaches may also be used to derive potential JNK1/2 inhibitors.
- Target mediated ligand-ligand transferred NOEs ILOEs
- SAR by ILOE is analogous to the well known SAR by NMR strategy, and allows the design of possible bi- dentate inhibitors by screening a library of compound "scaffolds" in overlapping mixtures.
- the approach is based on the detection of magnetization transfer between an initial hit and a second compound (a scaffold) occupying an adjacent site on the surface of the target, measured in the presence of a sub-stoichiometric amount of unlabeled protein.
- a second compound a scaffold
- ILOEs strong negative ligand- ligand NOEs
- NMR -based assay is the saturation transfer difference (STD) (Mayer et al., 1999) or the related experiment WaterLOGSY (Dalrit et al., 2000) in which binding of a compound is detected by a direct transfer of magnetization (saturation) from the protein to the ligand.
- STD saturation transfer difference
- WaterLOGSY WaterLOGSY
- Solubility at least 100 ⁇ M
- off rates of the complex may be limiting factors (not slower than 1 s "1 , as general rule), as compounds with poor solubility ( ⁇ 50-100 ⁇ M) tend to be promiscuous and non-specific inhibitors.
- an advantageous NMR-based assay may be the chemical shift mapping of compounds with selectively 13 C-labeled His-JNKl (His-JNK2). Such an assay may validate on the site of binding of compounds. Although these data do not provide precise structural information on the mode of binding (unless a differential chemical shift approach is used) they provide rapid insights on the site of binding and can be used to measure the dissociation constant of the complex by titration.
- His-JNKl and His-JNK2 are labelled with ⁇ - 13 C-Val, because two such residues are present in the JIPl binding pocket and binding may be detected via 2D [ 13 C, 1 H]-HSQC spectra measured with 0.1 mM protein samples.
- typical parameters include 1 H and 13 C sweep widths of 12 ppm and 5 ppm, respectively; 128 scans and 80 indirect acquisition points and a recycle delay of 1 second.
- NMR probes may be used to confirm the predicted binding mode of BI- 78D3.
- a recently developed probe, azaindole-TEMPO (Vasquez et al., submitted), brings a paramagnetic spin label into proximity of the JIP binding site of JNK by anchoring in the ATP binding site ( Figure 20A).
- Azaindole-TEMPO is an ATP-mimic linked to 2,2,6,6- tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, which provides the paramagnetic spin label ( Figure 20A). If a test compound binds in close proximity to azaindole-TEMPO, its NMR signal will be affected by the unpaired electron.
- the signals of the aliphatic protons on the benzodioxan moiety are most affected while the signal of the proton on the thiazole ring is least affected (Hl in Figure 20B).
- the data indicate that the benzodioxan moiety is closest to ATP-TEMPO.
- paramagnetic spin probe data are consistent with the orientation of BI- 78D3 predicted by in silico docking ( Figure 20C).
- Computational docking studies were performed with GOLD 2.1 (The Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre, Cambridge, UK) (Eldridge et al., and Jones et al., 1997) and analyzed with Sybyl (Tripos, St. Louis).
- Molecular surfaces were generated with MOLCAD (Teschner et al., 1994).
- the X-ray coordinates of JNKl/pepJIPl/SP600125 (PDB-ID IUKI) were used to dock the compounds.
- Molecular models were generated with CONCORD (Pearlman, 1998) and energy minimized with Sybyl.
- Hits were validated and ranked in terms of potency (dose response curves with available assays, including NMR-based binding assays and chemical shift mapping), drug-likeness, and ease of synthesis.
- Compound analogs were selected and pre-screened in silico against JNK and their binding properties predicted via a consensus score and visual inspection. Modeling studies served as a guide to prioritize the synthetic chemistry efforts.
- NMR-based chemical shift mapping data served as experimental verification of the site of binding to provide further validation to the docked structures. The experimental results were and will be further used to verify and refine the models for further iterations.
- bi-dentate compounds were confirmed to actually bind in the JIPl binding pocket of JNK and not bind in the ATP pocket.
- ⁇ 13 C-Met labeled samples of JNKl and JNK2 and chemical shift mapping were employed.
- Inter-ligand NOEs between the methyl group of the ester moiety of BI-7E11 and benzene hydrogen atoms adjacent to the amino group of BI7E5 were observed.
- additional potential bi-dentate compounds may be designed by linking the respective scaffolds according to the NOEs data.
- Typical trNOESY spectra are measured with 8 or 16 transients per increment with mixing times of 300 to 800 milliseconds, to maximize the detection of trNOEs and ILOEs. Pooling compounds in mixtures of 6 to 24 expedites the collection of the spectra for the 600 fragments. Analysis of the data and subsequent deconvolution of the spectra allows identification of weak ligands by means of positive trNOEs cross peaks. Similarly, compounds that bind GST-JNKl (GST- JNK2) in close proximity (less that 5 A) are identified by detecting intermolecular NOEs (ILOEs) and may serve as building blocks for producing linked compounds as described above.
- GST-JNKl GST-JNKl
- ILOEs intermolecular NOEs
- Inter-nuclear distances are derived by ILOEs build-up rate measurements. When possible, eventual spin-diffusion effects are taken into account by measuring QUIET-NOESY (Pellechia et al., 2002) experiments. Binders are will be further validated by their ability to bind in the JIPl binding pocket, verified by, for instance, chemical shift mapping.
- JNKl -2 activity To test the capacity of the putative inhibitors to block JNKl -2 activity, HEK293T cells were treated with 5 ⁇ g/ml anysomicin for 30 minutes to induce JNK activation. Protein extracts were prepared and JNKl -2 proteins were isolated by immunoprecipitation using monoclonal antibodies (Pharmigen). Different aliquots of the immunopurified JNKl -2 proteins were tested for kinase activity by incubation in kinase buffer in the presence of increasing concentrations of inhibitor, a fixed amount of purified GST-cJun substrate (residues 1-79), and [ 32 P] ⁇ -ATP. The products of the kinase reaction were resolved by SDS-PAGE and blotted onto PDF membrane.
- the signals corresponding to the GSTcJun phosphorylated substrate were detected by phosphorimager and the PVDF membrane is further analyzed by immunoblot analysis with polyclonal anti-JNKl-2 antibodies (Pharmigen) to quantify the amount of JNKl -2 proteins in each kinase reaction ( Figure 14B).
- the specificity of the inhibitors were tested by observing their effect on the closely related kinases p38 and ERK. Whereas p38 is also activated by the same stimuli that activate JNK, both ERK and p38 are closely related to JNK, have a very similar three-dimensional structure and are activated by the same group of upstream kinases, the MKKs.
- ERK and p38 kinase assays are performed by immunoprecipitation using specific antibodies, myelin basic protein (UBI) as substrate for ERK and MAPK activate protein kinase 2 (GST-MAPKAPK2) as substrate for p38.
- UBI myelin basic protein
- GST-MAPKAPK2 MAPK activate protein kinase 2
- the capacity of compounds to block the interaction of purified GST-JNKl and GSTJNK2 fusion proteins on purified substrates that are of relevance for type-2 diabetes was measured. More specifically, purified GST-JNKl or GST- JNK2 was incubated with His-tagged cJun or His-tagged IRS 1 fusion proteins.
- HEK293T cells were transfected with plasmids encoding the kinases JNKl -2 and Myc-tagged substrates, Myc- cJun and Myc-IRSl. 24 hours after transfection, cells were treated with 10 ng/ml of TNF ⁇ for 30 minutes in the presence or absence of JNK inhibitors. JNK mediated phosphorylation of the cJun and IRS 1 substrate were measured by cMyc immunoprecipitation and immunoblot analyses using cJun phospho Ser63 antibodies (Cell Signaling) and anti IRSl Ser307 antibodies (Upstate).
- JNK inhibits insulin signaling via IRSl Ser307 phosphorylation in TNF ⁇ treated hepatoma cells (Hirosumi et al., 2002). HepG2 hepatoma cells are treated with 10 ng/ml TNF ⁇ for 30 minutes in presence or absence of the JNK inhibitor, and controls are not treated with TNF ⁇ . Cell extracts are analyzed by immunoprecipitation with IRSl antibodies and immunoblotting using IRS 1 Ser307 specific antibodies (Upstate), then membranes are stripped and reprobed with IRSl antibody as a control to exclude an effect of the inhibitors on IRSl expression.
- JNK inhibition was reported to protect pancreatic ⁇ -cells from the effect of hydrogen peroxide induced oxidative stress on insulin gene expression (Kaneto et al., 2002).
- Primary pancreatic islets may be isolated from mice by collagenase-P digestion and Ficoll gradient purification (Shang et al., 2003).
- Primary ⁇ -cell cultures are used to test the ability of the JNK inhibitors to protect pancreatic islets from the effects of H 2 O 2 on insulin gene expression. More specifically, the primary cell cultures are treated for 48 hours with 50 ⁇ M of H 2 O 2 in the presence or absence of the JNK inhibitor. Insulin and ⁇ -actin mRNA are measured by an Sl nuclease protection assay that we have developed (Westin et al., 2004).
- the LanthaScreen technology may be used to test compounds in cell based assays for JNK inhibition.
- Cell based kinase assays for c-Jun and ATF2 phosphorylation may be carried out using the LanthaScreen c-Jun (1-79) HeIa and LanthaScreen ATF2 (19-106) A549 cell lines (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) which stably express GFP-c-Jun 1-79 and GFP-ATF2 19-106 respectively.
- Phosphorylation is determined by measuring the time resolved FRET (TR-FRET)) between a terbium labeled phospho-specific antibody and the GFP-fusion protein (Robers et al., in press).
- the cell-based LanthaScreen kinase assay was used to profile the properties of compound BI-78D3, which was isolated from the Delfia screen.
- the cells were plated in white tissue culture treated 384 well plates at a density of 10000 cell per well in 32 ⁇ l assay medium (Opti-MEM ® , supplemented with 1% charcoal/dextran- treated FBS, 100 U/mL penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/mL streptomycin, 0.1 mM non-essential amino acids, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 25 mM HEPES pH 7.3, and lacking phenol red).
- cells are pretreated for 60 min with compound (indicated concentration) followed by 30 min of stimulation with 2 ng/ml of TNF- ⁇ , which stimulates both JNK and p38.
- the medium is then removed by aspiration and the cells were lysed by adding 20 ⁇ l of lysis buffer (20 mM TRIS-HCl pH 7.6, 5 mM EDTA, 1% NP-40 substitute, 5 mM NaF, 150 mM NaCl, 1 :100 protease and phosphatase inhibitor mix, SIGMA P8340 and P2850 respectively).
- ConA Conconavilin A
- BI-78D3 is a suitable candidate for further efficacy studies in a variety of animal models of JNK related diseases.
- In vivo administration of a cell permeable peptidic JNK inhibitor (tat-pepJIPl peptide) was reported to be effective in treating glucose intolerance and type-2 diabetes in both dietary and genetic murine models of obesity (Kaneto, et al., 2004).
- mice To test the efficacy of a JNK inhibitor found to be effective in cell culture in mice, the effects of the inhibitor to the tat- pepJIPl peptide are compound parallel in mice models of obesity (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Yan et al., 2001, Arikan et al., 2005). To test the effect of the compounds and to determine the optimal concentration needed to obtain an insulin sensitizing effect, 8 week old diabetic ob/ob C57B1/6J mice are injected once daily with different doses of the JNK inhibitor starting from an estimated blood concentration of the inhibitor equal to 5 times ED 50 dose in cultured cells up to 50 times the ED 50 .
- mice 8 week old male diabetic ob/ob C57B1/6J mice are injected daily with either a saline solution or with 10 mg/Kg body weight of the tat- JIP peptide. Blood is collected every morning from tail vein. Glucose and insulin concentrations are measured using a glucometer (Roche) for glucose and an ELISA kit for insulin (Crystal Chem).
- IGTT intraperitoneal glucose tolerance test
- HTT insulin tolerance test
- Insulin signaling in liver is measured by injection of 25 mIU insulin/kg of body weight through the portal vein, the whole liver will be collected and frozen in liquid nitrogen 2 minutes after injection (Hirosumi et al., 2002).
- Insulin receptor ⁇ chain (IR ⁇ ), and IRSl tyrosine phosphorylation are measured by immunoprecipitation with either IRS 1 or IR ⁇ antibodies (Upstate) followed by immunoblotting analysis using phospho-tyrosine specific antibodies (Upstate).
- IRSl Ser 307 phosphorylation is measured by western blot using IRSl phospho Ser 307 specific antibodies.
- Insulin gene expression is measured by Sl nuclease protection using ⁇ - actin as control from whole pancreas.
- the compound may also be tested in a dietary model of diabetes.
- a group of 30 male C57B1/6J mice are placed on high fat high carbohydrate diet from week 4 to week 16 (Hirosumi et al., 2002), and another group of 30 mice is placed on standard chow diet. From each group, 10 mice are treated with control saline solution, 10 mice are injected with the tat- JIP peptide as previously described (Kaneto et al., 2004), and 10 mice are injected intraperitoneally with the optimal concentration of a test JNK inhibitor, and IGTT, IITT, measurements of insulin signaling and of insulin gene expression are then performed as described above.
- Mass spectral data were acquired on a Shimadzu LCMS-2010EV for low resolution, and on an Agilent ESI-TOF for high resolution and low resolution. Purity of compounds was determined using a Waters HPLC. List of Abbreviations: equivalent (eqv), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS), room temperature (rt). Purity of compounds was obtained in a HPLC Breeze from Waters Co. using an Atlantis T3 3 ⁇ m 4.6x150 mm reverse phase column.
- the thiobiurea compound was synthesized from phenyl isothiocyanate in a similar procedure to that of compound 1.
- 1 H NMR 300 MHz, DMSO-J 6 ) ⁇ 6.05 (s, 2H, NH 2 ), 7.09-
- Compound 4 was synthesized from 2-(phenylcarbamothioyl)-hydrazinecarboxamide by the reported procedure (Joshua, C; Suni, M.; Nair, V. Tetrahedron 2001, 57, 2003) to afford the desired product as a white solid (75%).
- Carboxylic acid 6b was obtained as a solid (72%).
- JNK novel blockers of beta-cell death. Diabetes 50: 77-82 (2001).
- Clark RD Strizhev A
- Leonard JM Blake JF
- Matthew J.B Consensus scoring for ligand/protein interactions. /. MoI. Graph. Model. 20, 281-295 (2002).
- JNKl a protein kinase stimulated by UV light and Ha-Ras that binds and phosphorylates the c-Jun activation domain. Cell 76, 1025-1037 (1994).
- JNK is required for effector T-cell function but not for T-cell activation. Nature, 405, 91-94 (2000).
- Hotamisligil GS Spiegelman BM.
- Tumor necrosis factor a a key component of the obesity- diabetes link. Diabetes, 43,1271-1278 (1994).
- Kallunki, T. et al. JNK2 contains a specificity-determining region responsible for efficient c-Jun binding and phosphorylation. Genes & development 8, 2996-3007 (1994). Kallunki T, Deng T, Hibi M and Michael Karin, c-Jun can recruit JNK to Phosphorylate
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The invention provides methods, e.g., screening methods, for identifying modulators of the JNK/JIP interaction. The invention also provides kits comprising reagents for performing the methods of the invention. Also provided are compounds identified as modulators of the JNK/JIP interaction using the disclosed methods, pharmaceutical compositions and therepeutic methods using same.
Description
INHIBITORS OF JNK AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING INHIBITORS OF JNK
Related Applications This application claims priority to U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 60/905,933, filed March 8, 2007, and U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/002,736, filed November 8, 2007, the entire content of each of which is incorporated herein by this reference in their entireties.
Government Support
The invention described herein was made with support from the National Institutes of Health, Grant Nos. R21 DK073274 and R24 DK080263, and the Government has certain rights in the invention.
Background
Obesity and type 2 diabetes are the most prevalent and serious of the metabolic diseases, affecting more than 50% of adults in the USA (Must, 1999). Obesity activates the kinase JNK in liver, skeletal muscle, and adipose tissue. Recent in vivo data are in line with previous reports showing that activation of JNK by pro-inflammatory cytokines inhibits insulin signaling in mouse embryonic fibroblasts, 3T3-L1 and 32Dir cells, through phosphorylation of Ser307 of IRSl (Uysal et al., 1997). Insulin activates JNK in L6 myotubes, rat adipocytes and Rat-1 fibroblasts, indicating that JNK could act as an important negative feedback regulator of insulin signaling (Standaert et al., 1999).
JNK binds to scaffold proteins and substrates containing a D-domain having the consensus sequence R/KXXXXLXL (Kallunki et al., 1996; Yang et al., 1998). JNK-interacting protein- 1 (JIPl) is a scaffolding protein which enhances JNK signaling by creating a proximity effect between JNK and upstream kinases (Whitmarsh et al., 1998). The JNK-JIPl interaction is mediated by a specific, high affinity D-domain on JIPl. Overexpression of a minimal region of JIPl consisting of the single D-domain inhibited JNK signaling (Dickens et al., 1997; Bonny et al., 2001, Barr et al., 202). In particular, this peptide, pepJIPl, inhibited JNK activity in vitro toward recombinant c-Jun, Elk, and ATF2 and displayed a remarkable selectivity (no inhibition of the closely related Erk and p38 MAPKs) (Heo et al, 2004).
The mechanism of JNKl inhibition by pepJIPl is mainly due to the competition of pepJIPl with other D-domains of substrates or upstream kinases (Bonny et al, 2001; Ho et al, 2003). However, this is not the only mechanism through which pepJIPl inhibits the kinase. The x-ray structure of the catalytic cleft in the complex (Heo et al, 2004) shows that the ATP-
binding site is distorted on binding of pepJIPl to JNKl, resulting in a reduced affinity of ATP to JNKl. In addition, pepJIPl inhibits JNKl phosphorylaton of myelin basic protein (MBP), which is a substrate without a docking site. Consistent with results in JNKl knock out mice (Hirosumi et al., 2002), recent in vivo data with a cell-permeable fusion of pepJIPl and HIV-TAT peptide showed that its administration to mouse models of insulin resistance and type-2 diabetes restored normoglycemia without causing hypoglycemia (Kaneto et al., 2004). However, peptide instability in vivo, short half-life, and costly and inefficient large-scale manufacturing and purification processes are all factors hampering the development of therapies for diabetes based on HIV-TAT-pepJIPl. Thus, there is a need for a method to identify modulators of JIP1/JNK.
Summary of the Invention
As described herein, assays were developed which allow for rapid screening of a number of test compounds to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction. In one embodiment, the modulators are JIPl mimmetics. Additionally, using a combination of structure -based approaches, a number of compounds that bind to the JIPl binding pocket of JNK and thereby inhibit its function were identified. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions, kits comprising reagents for the disclosed methods, kits comprising compounds and/or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention and methods of treating patients having a metabolic disorder.
Specifically, in one aspect, the invention provides methods to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, by providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent, washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support, separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
In one embodiment, the polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof is coupled to biotin. In another embodiment, the solid support comprises streptavidin.
In one embodiment, the polypeptide comprising JNK further comprises glutathione S transferase (GST) or a His tag. In yet another embodiment, the ligand is an antibody, e.g., an anti GST antibody. In a specific embodiment, the label is a lanthanide, e.g., europium. In one embodiment, the solid support is a multi-well plate. In one embodiment, the JNK is JNKl . In another embodiment, the JNK is JNK2. In one embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the associated molecules. In yet another embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules.
-?-
In one embodiment, the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
In one aspect, the invention provides methods to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, by providing a sample comprising a test agent, and a polypeptide comprising labeled JIPl or a fragment thereof, wherein the label is a fluorophore; and determining fluorescence polarization in the sample relative to a control sample that lacks the test agent.
In one embodiment, the JNK is JNKl . In another embodiment, the JNK is JNK2. In another embodiment, the fluorophore is fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC).
In one embodiment, the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking
In one aspect, the invention provides methods to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, by contacting a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP or a fragment thereof with a sample comprising a fusion protein comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIP, and a test agent, separating molecules not associated with the solid support comprising JIPl or the fragment thereof from molecules associated with the solid support, separating the label from the ligand, and determining the amount of separated label.
In one embodiment, the polypeptide comprising JIP or the peptide thereof is coupled to biotin. In another embodiment, the solid support comprises streptavidin. In another embodiment, the JNK fusion protein further comprises GST or a His tag. In another embodiment, the ligand is an antibody. In yet another embodiment, the label is a lanthanide.
In one embodiment, the solid support is a multi-well plate.
In one embodiment, the JNK is JNKl . In another embodiment, the JNK is JNK2.
In another embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the associated molecules. In yet another embodiment, the methods further include determining the amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules. In one embodiment, the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
In other aspects, the invention provides assays which do not use a solid support, e.g., soluble assays. Specifically, in one aspect, the invention provides methods for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, by contacting a complex comprising polypeptides comprising JIP and JNK, or fragments thereof, each of which contains one of a donor and an acceptor fluorophore, with a test agent, and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore, thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction of JIP and JNK. In one aspect, a decrease in the FRET indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction.
In one embodiment, the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex. In a specific embodiment, the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP.
In another embodiment, the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK. In a specific embodiment, the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
In specific embodiments, the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively. In another specific embodiment, the FRET is time resolved FRET.
In another embodiment, the methods of the invention also provide isolating and identifying the test compound.
In one embodiment, the methods further comprise the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking. In one aspect, the invention provides methods for identifying modulators of JIP/JNK interaction by contacting a solution comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, comprises a fluorescent donor or acceptor, with a test agent; adding to the solution a polypeptide comprising JNK, or a fragment thereof, comprising a donor or acceptor, wherein the JNK polypeptide comprises either a fluorescent donor or acceptor suitable to form a fluorescent donor/acceptor pair with the JIP fluorophore; and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore, thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction.
In one embodiment, a decrease in the FRET compared to a solution lacking the test compound indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction of JIP and JNK. In another embodiment, the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex. In a specific embodiment, the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP. In another embodiment, the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK. In another specific embodiment, the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
In a specific embodiment, the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
In one embodiment, the methods of the invention further provide for isolating and identifying the test compound.
In one aspect, the invention provides methods for inhibiting JIP/JNK interaction in cells comprising contacting cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
In one aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a metabolic disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
In one aspect, the invention provides methods for treating diabetes, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below. In one aspect, the invention provides methods for treating obesity comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
In one aspect, the invention provides compounds for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has the structure set forth as formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below. In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has a structure set forth in Table I, Ia, II, Ha, III, IV, V, or VI set forth herein below. In related embodiments, the metabolic disease is obesity or diabetes.
In one aspect, the invention provides compounds having the structure set forth as formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V) further described herein below.
In another aspect the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefor. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, e.g., obesity or diabetes. In yet another aspect, the invention provides a kit comprising one or more reagents useful in the methods of the invention and instructions for use.
In one aspect, the invention provides kits for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and instructions for use.
In one aspect, the invention provides kits for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and instructions for use. In one aspect, the invention provides kits comprising one or more compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention and instructions for use.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound identified by any one of the methods described herein.
In particular aspects, the methods of the invention may comprise an additional step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against a JNK2 mutant to determine active site binding location. For example, the additional step may comprise the step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against R127A and C167S mutants of JNK2 to determine if the compound is binding in the JIP pocket.
Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 is a schematic representation of the use of Delfia® (Dissociation enhanced lanthanide fluorimmuno assay) to identify JIPl mimics.
Figures 2A-B set forth a (A) graph showing titration of a JIP peptide with Delfia® and JNK and (B) dinase assay with GST-cJun and JIPl.
Figure 3 sets forth exemplary compounds (5328208 and 5245976) identified with Delfia® and JNK as modulators of the JIP1/JNK interaction.
Figures 4A-B depicts NMR binding data for (A) 5328208 and (B) 5245976 in the presence of GST-JNK2.
Figure 5 depicts the results of a displacement assay for 5245976. Figure 6 sets forth analogs of 5245976 (6115184, 7246555 and 7261715) and their percent displacement.
Figure 7 depicts the results of a competition assay for 11E5, 11E6, 11E8 and 11E9. Figure 8 depicts the results of a kinase assay for 11E9. The IC50 of 11E9 was determined to be approximately 25μM.
Figure 9 sets forth analogs of 5245976. Figure 10 sets forth the structures of compounds identified after molecular docking,
NMR and Delfia® analyses (17A5, 17C6, 19E2 and 24Dl). Figure 10 also sets forth the percent inhibition for these compounds at 25μM. The percent inhibition is 80%, 83%, 80%, and 100% for 17A5, 17C6, 19E2 and 24Dl, respectively.
Figures HA-C set forth IC50 data for 17C6, 19E2 and 24Dl. Figure 12 sets forth compounds identified by NMR (7E5 and 7El 1).
Figure 13 sets fort TIr, STD, and WaterLogsy NMR data for 7E5 and 7El lat 400μM in the presence of 5μM JNK2.
Figures 14A-B sets forth the kinase assay results for 5245976. A) Effect of compounds on kinase activity for JNKl and JNK2. Upper panel lanes 1-11 : Hek293T cells transfected with a plasmid encoding HA-JNKl. Lower panel lanes 1-11 : Hek293T cells transfected with a plasmid encoding HA-JNK2. Lane 1) no inhibitor; lane 3) 7El 1 200 μM; lane 4) 7E5 200 μM;
lane 5) 5328028 200 μM; lane 7) 5245976 200 μM; lane 8) JIP 10 μM; lane 9) SP600125 10 μM; and lane 12) no inhibitor GFP control. After lysis, and JNKl or JNK2 were purified by immunoprecipitation with anti-HA antibodies and after a final wash, the immunoprecipitate was separated in different aliquots and incubated or not with the "candidate" JNK inhibitor. B) Dose response data for 5245976.
Figure 15 schematically depicts the soluble assay for modulators of JIP/JNK interaction.
Figure 16 depicts the results of a statistical analysis of a soluble assay of the invention. Z was determined to be 0.8 indicating that the assay is very reliable.
Figures 17A-C depict the LANCE assay results for JIPl, 24Dl and SPB07895, respectively.
Figures 18A and B depict the polypeptide sequence of JIP (SEQ ID NO:1) and JNK (SEQ ID NO:2), respectively.
Figures 19A-D depict the in vitro characterization of pep-JIP and BI-78D3: A) surface representation of JNKl in complex with ball and stick representation of pepJIPl (RPKRPTTLNLF) and the ATP mimic SP600125 (PDB-ID IUKI), surface generated with MOLCAD (Teschner et al., 1994) and color coded according to cavity depth (blue, shallow; yellow, deep); B) BI-78D3 chemical structure; and C) Displacement assay for BI-78D3. D) Kinase assay for BI-78D3. E) Double reciprocal plot of JNK kinase activity as function of ATF2 in the presence of various amounts of BI-78D3 or DMSO control. Figures 20A-C depict docking studies and NMR analysis of BI-78D3: A) chemical structure and predicted binding mode of SP600125 derived azaindole-TEMPO compound; B) docked structure of BI-78D3 into the X-ray structure of JNKl (PDB ID IUKI) and predicted hydrogen bonding interactions between the compound and the residue Argl27 (displayed) are highlighted with dashed lines; and C) ID 1H-NMR Tlp spectra of BI-78D3 (500 μM) in the presence of 5 μM JNK2 (blue) or 5 μM JNK2 and 200 μM ATP-TEMPO (red) at 100 ms, NMR resonance assignments for the hydrogen nuclei of the small molecule are reported and signal reductions are as follows: Hl 46%, H2 56%, H3/H5 65%, and H4 72%.
Figures 21 A and B depict biological analysis of BI-78D3: A) TR-FRET analysis of ATF2 phosphorylation upon TNF-alpha stimulation of A549 cells in the presence of increasing BI-78D3; and B) BI-78D3 effect on serum alanine-aminotransferase levels after 7.5 hours of exposure to Conconavilin A as compared to DMSO control.
Figures 22 A and B set forth compounds with 100% displacement at 100 μM in the DELFIA assay for displacement of JIP peptide.
Detailed Description of the Invention
Definitions
A "label" as used herein, is a molecule which is detectable or capable of detection, for instance, a radiolabel, biotin, a hapten, a fluorophore, e.g., coumarin, rhodamine, rhodols, CRG6, Texas Methyl Red, fluorescein, 7 aminocoumarin, and 7-hydroxycoumarin, 2-amino-4- methoxynapthalene, 1-hydroxypyrene, resorufin, phenalenones or benzphenalenones, acridinones, anthracenes, and derivatives of α- and β-napthol, fluorinated xanthene derivatives including fluorinated fluoresceins and rhodols, a bioluminescent molecule, or a chemiluminescent molecule. In one embodiment, the label may include a cleavable linker. In other embodiments the label is a donor or acceptor fluorophore.
A "ligand" as used herein is a molecule that specifically binds to another molecule. Exemplary ligands are a HIS tag, GST, maltose binding protein, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, calmodulin binding protein, hemagglutinin and the like. A "lanthanide," "lanthanide series element" or "lanthanide series inner transition element" refers to Cerium (Ce), Praseodymium (Pr), Neodymium (Nd), Promethium (Pm), Samarium (Sm), Europium (Eu), Gadolinium (Gd), Terbium (Tb), Dysprosium (Dy), Holmium (Ho), Erbium (Er), Thulium (Tm), Ytterbium(Yb), or Lutetium (Lu). Specific suitable lanthanides include, e.g., Ce(III), Ce(IV), Pr(III), Nd(III), Pm(III), Sm(II), Sm(III), Eu(II), Eu(III), Gd(III), Tb(III), Dy(III), Ho(III), Er(III), Tm(III), Yb(II), Yb(III), and Lu(III).
As used herein, the term "antibody" refers to a protein having one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes. The recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad of immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda. Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
The basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is known to comprise a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light" (about 25 kD) and one "heavy" chain (about 50-70 kD). The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (Y11) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively.
Antibodies may exist as intact immunoglobulins, or as modifications in a variety of forms including, for example, FabFc2, Fab, Fv, Fd, (Fab D)2, an Fv fragment containing only the light and heavy chain variable regions, a Fab or (Fab) D2 fragment containing the variable
regions and parts of the constant regions, a single-chain antibody, e.g., scFv, CDR-grafted antibodies and the like. The heavy and light chain of a Fv may be derived from the same antibody or different antibodies thereby producing a chimeric Fv region. The antibody may be of animal (especially mouse or rat) or human origin or may be chimeric or humanized. As used herein the term "antibody" includes these various forms.
As used herein, "JIP" includes polypeptides having at least 80%, e.g., at least 85%, 90%, 95%, or more amino acid sequence identity to sequences having NCBI Accession Nos. Q9UQF2, Q9WV19, or Q9R237, and which bind JNK, and nucleic acid sequence encoding those polypeptides. In one embodiment, the JIP is JIP-I, e.g., human (SEQ ID NO:1), rodent, for instance, rabbit, mouse, rat, mink or guinea pig, or nonhuman primate JIP-I.
As used herein, "JNK" includes polypeptides having at least 80%, e.g., at least 85%, 90%, 95%, or more amino acid sequence identity to sequences having NCBI Accession Nos. BAA85876, P45984, Q9WTU6 or Q91Y86, and which bind JIP, and nucleic acid sequence encoding those polypeptides. In one embodiment, the JNK is JNKl, e.g., human (SEQ ID NO:2), rodent, for instance, rabbit, mouse, rat, mink or guinea pig, or nonhuman primate JNKl. In other embodiment, the JNK is JNK2. In certain embodiments, the JNK is a mutant JNK (e.g., JNK2), such as, a JNK with a one or two amino acid mutation.
As used herein the term "JIP/JNK interaction" is intended to mean an interaction, e.g., a physical or electrostatic interaction, between the JIP and JNK polypeptides or portions thereof. The interaction can be ligand mediated or directly between the polypeptides.
As used herein the term "modulator" is intended to mean a compound, e.g., a small molecule, a peptide, a polypeptide, an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that has the ability to interfere, e.g., block, weaken or disrupt, the interaction between JIP and JNK. Modulators of the invention can be reversible or irreversible modulators. The term "obtaining" as in, e.g., "obtaining one or more reagents" is intended to include purchasing, synthesizing or otherwise acquiring the reagent or a material used in carrying out the methods of the invention.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic,
propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful in the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound, which contains a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
One diastereomer of a compound disclosed herein may display superior activity compared with the other. When required, separation of the racemic material can be achieved by HPLC using a chiral column or by a resolution using a resolving agent such as camphonic chloride as in Thomas J .Tucker, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1994 37, 2437-2444. A chiral compound of Formula I may also be directly synthesized using a chiral catalyst or a chiral ligand, e.g. Mark A. Huffman, et al., J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 1590-1594.
"Therapeutically effective amount" is intended to include an amount of a compound useful in the present invention or an amount of the combination of compounds claimed, e.g., to treat or prevent the disease or disorder, or to treat the symptoms of the disease or disorder, in a host. The combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described for example by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 22:27-55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is advantageously demonstrated at suboptimal concentrations of the compounds. Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased activity, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual components.
As used herein, the term "metabolic disease" is intended to mean a disease or disorder characterized by alteration of a normal metabolic process. These disorders are often the result of altered enzyme activity or production. Exemplary metabolic diseases include obesity and diabetes.
As used herein, "treating" or "treat" includes (i) preventing a pathologic condition from occurring (e.g. prophylaxis); (ii) inhibiting the pathologic condition or arresting its development; (iii) relieving the pathologic condition; and/or diminishing symptoms associated with the pathologic condition. As used herein, the term "subject" refers to organisms to be treated by the methods of the present invention. Such organisms include, but are not limited to, mammals such as animals, preferably humans. In the context of the invention, the term "subject" generally refers to an individual who will receive or who has received treatment (e.g., administration of a compound of the inventions) for obesity and/or diabetes. "Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. Only stable compounds are contemplated by the present invention.
"Substituted" is intended to indicate that one or more hydrogens on the atom indicated in the expression using "substituted" is replaced with a selection from the indicated group(s), provided that the indicated atom' s normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Suitable indicated groups include, e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =0) or thioxo (i.e., =S) group, then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. The term "virtual docking" is intended to mean the process of testing the ability of a test agent to bind to a target protein, i.e., JNK, using a computer program algorithm. This research technique predicts whether one molecule will bind to another, usually a protein. Most commonly, virtual docking is done by modelling the interaction between two or more molecules: if the geometry of the pair is complementary and involves favorable biochemical interactions, one molecule will likely bind to the other in vitro or in vivo. A specific virtual docking approach is set forth in Example 1.
"Interrupted" is intended to indicate that in between two or more adjacent carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atoms to which they are attached (e.g., methyl (CH3), methylene (CH2) or methine (CH)), indicated in the expression using "interrupted" is inserted with a selection from the indicated group(s), provided that the each of the indicated atoms' normal valency is not exceeded, and that the interruption results in a stable compound. Such suitable indicated groups
include, e.g., non-peroxide oxy (-O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)-), imine (C=NH), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2).
Specific and preferred values listed below for radicals, substituents, and ranges, are for illustration only; they do not exclude other defined values or other values within defined ranges for the radicals and substituents
"Alkyl" refers to a Ci-Ci8 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms. Examples are methyl (Me, -CH3), ethyl (Et, -CH2CH3), 1 -propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, -CH2CH2CH3), 2-propyl (i-Pr, i-propyl, -CH(CH3)2), 1 -butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-l -propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, - CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, -C(CH3)3), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-l -butyl (-CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-l -butyl (- CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-hexyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (-CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2), 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)C(CH3)3.
The alkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. The alkyl can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (-O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (- C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2). Additionally, the alkyl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing an alkylene.
"Alkenyl" refers to a C2-Ci8 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: ethylene or vinyl (-CH=CH2), allyl (-CH2CH=CH2), cyclopentenyl (-C5H7), and 5-hexenyl (-CH2 CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2).
The alkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. The alkenyl can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (-O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2). Additionally, the alkenyl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing an alkenylene. "Alkylidenyl" refers to a Cl -C 18 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms. Examples are methylidenyl (=CH2), ethylidenyl (=CHCH3), 1- propylidenyl (=CHCH2CH3), 2-propylidenyl (=C(CH3)2), 1-butylidenyl (=CHCH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-l-propylidenyl (=CHCH(CH3)2), 2-butylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-pentyl (=CHCH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentylidenyl (=C(CH2CH3)2), 3-methyl-2-butylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl- 1-butylidenyl (=CHCH2CH(CH3)2), 2 -methyl- 1-butylidenyl (=CHCH(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-hexylidenyl (=CHCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3),
2-hexylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexylidenyl (=C(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 3- methyl-2-pentylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-pentylidenyl (=C(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentylidenyl (=C(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), and 3,3- dimethyl-2-butylidenyl (=C(CH3)C(CH3)3.
The alkylidenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, the alkylidenyl can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (- O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2). "Alkenylidenyl" refers to a C2-C18 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e., a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: allylidenyl (=CHCH=CH2), and 5-hexenylidenyl (=CHCH2CH2CH2CH=CH2) .
The alkenylidenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle,
cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, the alkenylidenyl can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (-O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2).
"Alkylene" refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or different carbon atoms of a parent alkane. Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to: methylene (-CH2-) 1,2-ethyl (-CH2CH2-), 1,3-propyl (-CH2CH2CH2-), 1,4-butyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-), and the like.
The alkylene can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, the alkylene can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (-0- ), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2). Moreover, the alkylene can optionally be at least partially unsaturated, thereby providing an alkenylene.
"Alkenylene" refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene. Typical alkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to: 1,2 -ethylene (-CH=CH-).
The alkenylene can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, The alkenylene can optionally be interrupted with one or more non-peroxide oxy (- O-), thio (-S-), carbonyl (-C(=O)-), carboxy (-C(=O)O-), sulfonyl (SO) or sulfoxide (SO2). The term "alkoxy" refers to the groups alkyl-O-, where alkyl is defined herein. Preferred alkoxy groups include, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, w-propoxy, wo-propoxy, w-butoxy, tert- butoxy, seobutoxy, w-pentoxy, w-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
The alkoxy can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl.
The term "aryl" refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings, wherein at least one ring is aromatic (e.g., naphthyl, dihydrophenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, or anthryl). Preferred aryls include phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
The aryl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, the aryl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing an arylene. Moreover, aryl may be substituted with a divalentsubstituent forming multicyclic structure wherein at least one ring is aromatic, e.g., 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6- yi- The term "cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
The cycloalkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. The cycloalkyl can optionally be at least partially unsaturated, thereby providing a cycloalkenyl. Additionally, the cycloalkyl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing a cycloalkylene.
The term "halo" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo. Similarly, the term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. "Haloalkyl" refers to alkyl as defined herein substituted by 1-4 halo groups as defined herein, which may be the same or different. Representative haloalkyl groups include, by way of
example, trifluoromethyl, 3-fluorododecyl, 12,12,12-trifluorododecyl, 2-bromooctyl, 3-bromo-6- chloroheptyl, and the like.
The term "heteroaryl" is defined herein as a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system containing one, two, or three aromatic rings and containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom in an aromatic ring, and which can be unsubstituted or substituted, for example, with one or more, and in particular one to three, substituents, like halo, alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, and alkylsulfonyl. Additionally, the heteroaryl can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing a heteroarylene. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, 2/f-pyrrolyl, 3/f-indolyl,
4/f-quinolizinyl, 4n/f-carbazolyl, acridinyl, benzo[fe]thienyl, benzothiazolyl, β-carbolinyl, carbazolyl, chromenyl, cinnaolinyl, dibenzo[b,d]furanyl, furazanyl, furyl, imidazolyl, imidizolyl, indazolyl, indolisinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, naptho[2,3-fe], oxazolyl, perimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl, and xanthenyl. In one embodiment the term "heteroaryl" denotes a monocyclic aromatic ring containing five or six ring atoms containing carbon and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Z) wherein Z is absent or is H, O, alkyl, phenyl or benzyl. In another embodiment heteroaryl denotes an ortho- fused bicyclic heterocycle of about eight to ten ring atoms derived therefrom, particularly a benz-derivative or one derived by fusing a propylene, or tetramethylene diradical thereto.
The heteroaryl can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. The term "heterocycle" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated ring system, containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with alkyl or C(=O)ORb, wherein Rb is hydrogen or alkyl. Typically heterocycle is a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic group containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. A heterocycle group also can contain an oxo group (=0) attached to the ring. Non-limiting examples of heterocycle groups include 1,3- dihydrobenzofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,4-dithiane, 2/f-pyran, 2-pyrazoline, 4/f-pyran,
chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, morpholine, piperazinyl, piperidine, piperidyl, pyrazolidine, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, quinuclidine, and thiomorpholine.
The heterocycle can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and COORX, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Additionally, the heterocycle can optionally be a divalent radical, thereby providing a heterocyclene.
Examples of nitrogen heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, morpholino, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like as well as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing heterocycles. In one specific embodiment of the invention, the nitrogen heterocycle can be 3-methyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrazino[3,2,l-jk]carbazol- 3-ium iodide. Another class of heterocyclics is known as "crown compounds" which refers to a specific class of heterocyclic compounds having one or more repeating units of the formula [- (CH2-)aA-] where a is equal to or greater than 2, and A at each separate occurrence can be O, N, S or P. Examples of crown compounds include, by way of example only, [-(CH2)3-NH-]3, [- ((CH2)2-O)4-((CH2)2-NH)2] and the like. Typically such crown compounds can have from 4 to 10 heteroatoms and 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
The term "alkanoyl" refers to C(=O)R, wherein R is an alkyl group as previously defined.
The term "acyloxy" refers to -O-C(=O)R, wherein R is an alkyl group as previously defined. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, acetoxy, propanoyloxy, butanoyloxy, and pentanoyloxy. Any alkyl group as defined above can be used to form an acyloxy group.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to C(=O)OR, wherein R is an alkyl group as previously defined.
The term "amino" refers to -NH2, and the term "alkylamino" refers to -NR2, wherein at least one R is alkyl and the second R is alkyl or hydrogen.
The term "acylamino" refers to RC(=O)N, wherein R is alkyl or aryl.
The term "imino" refers to -C=NH.
The term "nitro" refers to -NO2.
The term "trifluoromethyl" refers to -CF3.
The term "trifluoromethoxy" refers to -OCF3. The term "cyano" refers to -CN.
The term "hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" refers to -OH.
The term "oxy" refers to -O-.
The term "thio" refers to -S-.
The term "thioxo" refers to (=S). The term "keto" refers to (=0).
As used herein, "nucleic acid base" refers to a nitrogenous base that is planar, aromatic and heterocyclic. They are typically derivatives of either purine or pymidine. Suitable nucleic acid bases include, e.g., purine, pymidine, adenine, guanine, cytosine, uracil, and thymine.
The nucleic acid base can optionally be substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, NRxRy and/or C00Rx, wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy. As to any of the above groups, which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. In addition, the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
Selected substituents within the compounds described herein are present to a recursive degree. In this context, "recursive substituent" means that a substituent may recite another instance of itself. Because of the recursive nature of such substituents, theoretically, a large number may be present in any given claim. One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal chemistry understands that the total number of such substituents is reasonably limited by the desired properties of the compound intended. Such properties include, by of example and not limitation, physical properties such as molecular weight, solubility or log P, application properties such as activity against the intended target, and practical properties such as ease of synthesis.
Recursive substituents are an intended aspect of the invention. One of ordinary skill in the art of medicinal and organic chemistry understands the versatility of such substituents. To the degree that recursive substituents are present in an claim of the invention, the total number will be determined as set forth above.
The compounds described herein can be administered as the parent compound, a prodrug of the parent compound, or an active metabolite of the parent compound.
"Pro-drugs" are intended to include any covalently bonded substances which release the active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present invention in vivo when such pro-drug is administered to a mammalian subject. Pro-drugs of a compound of the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation in vivo, to the parent compound. Pro-drugs include compounds of the present invention wherein the carbonyl, carboxylic acid, hydroxy or amino group is bonded to any group that, when the pro-drug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free carbonyl, carboxylic acid, hydroxy or amino group. Examples of pro-drugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention, and the like.
"Metabolite" refers to any substance resulting from biochemical processes by which living cells interact with the active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present invention in vivo, when such active parent drug or other formulas or compounds of the present are administered to a mammalian subject. Metabolites include products or intermediates from any metabolic pathway.
"Metabolic pathway" refers to a sequence of enzyme-mediated reactions that transform one compound to another and provide intermediates and energy for cellular functions. The metabolic pathway can be linear or cyclic.
JNK Isozymes and JIPl
JNKl -3 isozymes are members of the mitogen activated protein kinases (MAPK), considered to be at the focal point of different signaling pathways activated by many distinct cell surface receptors and whose role is to transduce these signals to effector molecules that generate changes in gene expression by regulating transcription and mRNA stability (Hirosumi et al., 2002). JNKs activate the transcription factors TCF/Elk-1, ATF2 and c-Jun by phosphorylation, leading to increased c-jun and fas gene transcription and increased API transcription factor activity (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Aibi et al., 1993; Derijard et al., 1994; Shanlian et al., 2002; Gupta et al., 1996; Kaneto et al., 2002; Shang et al., 2003). The JNKs are also implicated in stabilization of inherently unstable mRNAs, as shown for IL-2 mRNA. Thus, the JNKs are considered key signaling molecules in the "communication" between external stimuli (stress) and gene expression. The JNKs are activated in response to several stresses, such as infection, pro-inflammatory cytokines, UV radiation, various xenobiotics and oxidative stress (Aibi et al., 1993; Derigard et al., 1994, Shanlian et al., 2002; Gupta et al., 1996; Kaneto et al., 2002, Shang
et al., 2003; Dong et al., 2000; Yuan et al., 2001; Arkan et al., 2005; Lin, 2003; Hotamisligil et al., 1994a, Hotamisligil et al., 1994b; Ofei et al., 1996).
It was recently demonstrated in vivo that JNKl is a potent regulator of insulin signaling and could be implicated in the pathogenesis of the metabolic syndrome (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Aguirre et al., 2000). Briefly, insulin stimulates glucose entry into cells by binding the insulin receptor (IR) at the cell surface. IR is a member of the tyrosine kinase receptor-family and after hormone binding, it autophosphorylates tyrosine residues on its cytoplasmic domain. This in turn leads to the recruitment of the scaffold proteins Insulin Receptor Substrates (IRS), likely via their phosphotyrosine binding domain (PTB). Several IRS molecules have been identified. However, only IRSl and IRS2 have been clearly proven to play a major role in insulin signaling. Both IRSl and IRS2 are phosphorylated at several tyrosine residues by the IR, making possible the recruitment of other signaling molecules such as PI3 kinase (PI3K), which interacts with specific phosphotyrosine residues on IRS1/IRS2 via the SH2 domain of the regulatory P85 subunit. The signal is then transmitted to downstream signaling molecules and this cascade of events results in increased expression and activity of several enzymes involved in energy metabolism and in the increased translocation to the cytosolic membrane of the glucose transporter GLUT4, which increases glucose uptake in skeletal muscle and adipose tissue (Yang et al., 1998).
In recent studies, JNKl knock out mice were found to be resistant to diabetes in both dietary and genetic models of obesity (Hirosumi et al., 2002). It was proposed that JNKl elicits insulin resistance via specific phosphorylation of serine 307 present in the PTB domain of IRSl, which interferes with its recruitment to the IR, resulting in decreased IRS 1 tyrosine phosphorylation and impairment of PI3K recruitment in response to insulin (Whitmarsh et al., 1998; Dickens et al., 1997; Bonny et al., 2001). Data from an in vivo study with a JNK inhibitor are in line with the role of JNKl in type-2 diabetes and point attention to islet function (Kaneto et al., 2004). Recent studies where a dominant negative mutant of JNK (DN-JNK) was expressed in primary β-cells supported the hypothesis of a role of JNK in H2O2 mediated inhibition of insulin gene expression and suppression of GSIS. Islets transduced with an adenovirus expressing DN-JNK transplanted in streptozotocin treated mice were more efficient than islets transduced with a GFP adenovirus in controlling blood glucose levels.
The combination of high-throughput screening, kinase-specific libraries and structure- based drug design has facilitated the discovery of potential JNK inhibitors that target its ATP binding site (Manning et al., 2003). Determination of the X-ray structure of the members of the mitogen-activated protein kinase family, extracellular signal-regulated kinases, p38 and JNK3 has aided the design of potent inhibitors of the JNKs. These efforts have led to the optimization of a series of JNK inhibitors that show selectivity towards many other protein kinases, but
certainly not all proteins in the cell (Manning et al., 2003). In fact, because of the large number of ATP-binding proteins involved in complex cross-talk within signaling events (> 500 if considering only protein kinases), it is difficult to predict potential adverse events that might arise from inhibitors that directly target the ATP site of JNK. In addition to screening strategies based on synthetic chemical libraries, it has become clear that domains of interacting partners can be exploited as signal transduction regulators. Indeed, an emerging feature of the signal transduction pathways, including the MAPK pathways, is their use of specific scaffolding proteins (Morrison et al., 2003). These scaffolds essentially lack enzymatic activity and have been proposed to act as the "directors" of each specific signaling pathway. The interaction of JNK with scaffold proteins offers a valid alternative target for JNK inhibition. JIPl specifically interacts with components of the JNK signaling modules by binding JNK, MKK7, and members of the mixed lineage kinase (MLK) group of MAP3K (Whitmarsh et al., 1998, Aquirrre et al., 2000; Momson et al., 2003; Willoughby et al., 2003). Interestingly, both JIPl and the p38 cognate, JIP2, can bind the MAPK phosphatase MKP7, indicating that these JIP scaffold complexes include both activating and inhibitory components of the JNK signaling pathway (Willoughby et al., 2003). Deletion analysis of JIPl demonstrates that the sites of interaction with JNK, MKK7, and MLK protein kinases correspond to separate sites on JIPl (Whitmarsh et al., 1998).
Nevertheless, binding studies demonstrate functional interactions between the proteins bound to JIP. For example, the binding of JNK decreased the affinity of JIPl for MLK (Nihalani et al., 2001); the binding of FHF increased the binding of JIP2 to p38 MAPK (Fattorusso et al., 2005); the binding of AKT to JIPl decreased the binding of JNK to JIPl (Leone et al., 2003); and the binding of the phosphatase MKP7 to JIPl inhibited JNK activation caused by the JIPl scaffold complex (Willoughby et al., 2003). One of the effective means of JNK inhibition employed the overexpression of JIP 1.
An 11-amino acid peptide inhibitor of activated JNKs, based on amino acids 153-163 of JIPl (pepJIPl), inhibited JNK activity in vitro toward recombinant c-Jun, Elk, and ATF2 up to 90% at sub-micromolar concentrations and directly interacted with recombinant JNKs but not its substrates, as shown by surface plasmon resonance analysis and isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC) (Heo et al, 2004) Alanine scanning within pepJIPl identified 4 residues (Arg-156, Pro-
157, Leu-160, and Leul62) as independently important for inhibition (Willoughby et al., 2003)). Intraperitoneal administration of a cell-permeable pepJIPl (10 mg/Kg) to C57BL/KsJ-db/db obese diabetic mice resulted in mice with a remarkably improved insulin resistance and glucose tolerance (Kaneto et al., 2004). Moreover, in vivo administration of the cell-permeable pepJIPl to both genetically and dietary obese mice restored normoglycemia but did not cause hypoglycemia in lean mice
(Kaneto et al., 2004).Thus, in vitro and in vivo data with pepJIPl clearly point to the inhibition of JNK-JIPl interactions as a promising route for the treatment of type-2 diabetes.
Compound Design and Screening Recently, the interaction of JNK and JIP has been the subject of significant research that has confirmed the use of modulators of this interaction for the treatment of disease, e.g,. obesity or diabetes. Accordingly, the soluble and solid support assays described herein are useful in identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction.
Specifically, the crystal structure of JNKl in complex with pepJIPl provided insightful information on the nature of the JIPl /JNKl interaction (Heo et al., 2004). In agreement with the alanine- scanning data, three main interactions can be observed between the peptide and JNKl : a first hydrophobic cavity on JNKl accommodates the side-chain of Leu- 160 and Leu-162; a second shallower pocket is occupied by Pro-157; finally, intermolecular hydrogen bonding involving Arg-156 and Thrl58 was observed. With such information in hand, it should be possible to derive small organic molecules capable of mimicking these interactions.
In the realm of drug discovery, the identification of a lead compound represents the starting point for the development of new candidate drugs. Given the nature of the JIPl target, different strategies are pursued for hit identification and optimization processes. One approach is based on a combination of medicinal chemistry guided by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy and structure-based techniques. These enable the identification of initial "weaker" hit compounds and guide the translation of such compounds into more potent and selective leads.
In this regard, some general strategies have developed aimed at the design of optimized inhibitors based either on structure-based iterative optimizations (SUBITO; Fattorusso et al., 2005; Pellechia et al., 2004) or on fragment linking approaches (SAR by ILOE; Becattani et al., 2004; Pellecchia et al., 2004). Other strategies take advantage of virtual docking and transfer nuclear Overhauser effect techniques, and are applicable even to "non-canonical" and otherwise less tractable protein sites, such as the JIPl binding pocket of JNK.
In designing compounds to be tested and/or synthesized, "drug-likeness" is addressed on empirical grounds. First, compounds with reactive functional groups such as halides, anhydrides, epoxides, aziridines, aliphatic esters and thioesters, phosphonates, sulphonates esters, imines, aldehydes, Michael acceptors, halopyrimidines, and the like, are generally not considered. Second, compounds with undesirable properties are generally eliminated. For instance, the following selection criteria may be used: molecular weight < 500, number of hydrogen bond donors between 0 and 2, number of hydrogen bond acceptors between 2 and 9, number of rotatable bonds less then 8, and octanol/water repartition coefficient (LogP) < 5 (Oprea, 2000).
The goal in using these empirical drug-like property filters is to predict favorable outcome in ADMET (adsorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, toxicity) studies, as well as final success as a drug in humans.
For an NMR-based approach (SAR by ILOE), a library having a fairly small (about 600 compounds) but diverse set of low-molecular-weight scaffolds derived mainly from compounds commonly found in known drugs (Becattini et al., 2004) was employed. This library was assembled and ID 1H and 13C NMR spectra were measured as a quality control and to assess solubility. The library was designed also to optimize the detection of ligand-ligand interactions by selecting compounds with appropriate derivatizations of functional groups with proton NMR- detectable substituents. Furthermore, the introduction of heteroatoms in these substituents also results in large chemical shift dispersion between the compounds of the library, thus enabling the detection of ILOEs in complex mixtures.
In performing chemical synthesis of linked compounds, solution-phase synthesis aided by resin-bound reagents and scavengers may be employed. These allow removal of excess reagents and byproducts by using filtration rather then using liquid-liquid extraction, chromatography or crystallization. Initially, the focus is on linkage via amide bonds, ethers or thioethers. Amide bond formation may be performed with the coupling reagent PS-carbodiimide (Argonaut) in presence of HOBt, subsequently scavenged post-reaction by the resin-bound PS- Trisamine. Similarly, basic reducing reactions including reductions of carbonyl compounds, azides and oximes, reductive amination, reduction of conjugated enones to unsaturated alcohols, may be performed with MP-Borohydride resin (Temoi et al., 1982). Synthesis of acyl or sulfonyl derivatives, including esters, amides, and sulfonamides may be performed by using PS-DMAP for "Catch and Release" reactions (Argonaut) (Flyn et al., 1998). When appropriate, solid-phase resins may be used to synthesize linked compounds. A simple approach is to use PS-Wang, PS- NH2 or PS-Cl resins (Argonaut) to link the first fragment, and perform subsequent steps on resin bound compound.
Microwave assisted chemistry may also be used for various reactions (Forino et al., 2005; Tautz et al., 2004). For example, using carbodiimmide catalyzed reactions (both PS-CDI and water-soluble-CDI) to couple primary amines and substituted anilines to the carboxylic acid derivatives gives good but not spectacular yields varying from 25 to 50%. However, in several cases, when the uncatalyzed amidation of the acid was performed under solvent free conditions, using a slight excess of amine, excellent yields (> 80%) were obtained. Milestone Microwave systems allow for up to 16 different reaction conditions at the same time.
For compound purification, precision packed RediSep columns and CombiFlash Companion flash-chromatography systems may be used. This combination yields more pure compound in less time than any glass column or other disposable columns. Standard analytical
analyses of each compound such as high-resolution 1H and 13C NMR, MS and elemental analysis, are performed. Compounds with purity > 90-95% are used for in vitro binding/inhibition and subsequent cell based assays. Compounds for in vivo studies are further purified by preparative HPLC to a higher purity level. Thus, one aspect of the invention provides a method or assay to identify/screen for a compound that modulates the JIP/JNK interaction. The method comprises providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent; washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label. The solid support can be any of the solid supports useful for high throughput screening known to those skilled in the art. These include but are not limited to a well of a multi well plate, bead, particle or resin, including a natural or synthetic polymer.
In addition to the assays described above-using a solid support, the invention also provides assays that do not use a solid support, e.g., a soluble assay to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction. In a particular embodiment, the assay makes use of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) to determine if a test compound modulates the interaction of JIP and JNK. A donor and acceptor fluorophore are added to JIP and JNK thereby allowing the emission of acceptor specific fluorescence if binding occurs between JIP and JNK. This fluorescence emission occurs only when the donor and acceptor fluorophores are in close proximity to each other, e.g., when JIP and JNK are bound. In order to screen potential modulators of this interaction, candidate compounds can be added to a solution prior to JIP/JNK complex formation or after the complex is formed, and the effect of the compound on the interaction can be monitored. In one specific embodiment of the soluble assay, biotin is attached to the JIP and an acceptor fluorophore is attached to streptavidin thereby attaching a acceptor fluorophore to JIP through a biotin/ streptavidin interaction. Additionally, JNK is fused to GST and an donor fluorophore is attached to a GST antibody thereby providing a donor fluorophore JNK through the GST-antibody interaction. In this embodiment, the JNK/JIP interaction can be monitored via the emission from the acceptor fluorophore attached to JIP. One of skill in the art would recognize that there are a multitude of fluorophores, e.g., donor and acceptor fluorophores that can be used in the FRET-based assays described herein. Moreover, the assays would be equally effective if the donor and acceptor molecules were placed on the other binding protein.
Any of a number of known combinations of donor and acceptor labels can be used for FRET. For example, Europium chelate and allophycocyanin, ABZ and DNP, DANSYL and Tyr(NO2), DANSYL and FAM, FAM and TMR, EDANS and DABCYL, and EDANS and
DABSYL. In an exemplified embodiment, the fluorescent donor and acceptor are Europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
In additional embodiments, the JNK/JIP interaction may be monitored when the JNK is a mutant JNK, wherein such mutation(s) are selected to determine particular active site involvement. For example, in a specific embodiment the methods of identification may further comprise the additional step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against R127A and C167S mutants of JNK2 to determine if the compound is binding in the JIP pocket (i.e., a drop in binding affinity for the compound by these mutants, would indicate that a compound binds in the JIP pocket).
Compounds Useful to Inhibit JIP/ JNK Interactions
Any compound identified by the methods of the invention as modulators of JIP/JNK interaction, is within the scope of the present invention.
In certain embodiments, compounds identified by the methods of the invention, which are useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions, include compounds of formula (II):
Y4 Y6
(H) wherein, Q1 is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle;
Q2 is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle;
X4 is absent, O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O)O, OC(=O), C=NRX, C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2 ORZ, SO or SO2;
X is alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle; X6 is absent, O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=0), C(=0)0, 0C(=0)0, 0C(=0), C=NRX,
C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2, ORZ, SO or SO2; and wherein any alkyl or alkenyl of X5 is optionally interrupted with one or more O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=0), C(=0)0, 0C(=0)0, 0C(=0), C=NRX, C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2, ORZ, SO or SO2; wherein any alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle of X5 is optionally substituted on carbon with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, acetamido, acetoxy, acetyl, benzamido, benzenesulfinyl, benzenesulfonamido, benzenesulfonyl, benzenesulfonylamino, benzoyl, benzoylamino,
benzoyloxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzylthio, carbamoyl, carbamate, isocyannato, sulfamoyl, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfo, sulfoamino, thiosulfo, NRxRy or COORX; each Rz is independently alkylene, alkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocyclene, or cycloalkylene; each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy.
Additional compounds useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions include compounds of formula (III):
Q4 a* Q3 χ7 Q6
(III) wherein,
Q is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle; Q6 is aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycle; Q4 is absent, O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O)O, OC(=O), C=NRX,
C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2, -CRX=N-, ORZ, SO or SO2;
X7 is absent, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle; and Q5 is absent, O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=0), C(=0)0, 0C(=0)0, 0C(=0), C=NRX, C(=0)NRx, NRxC(=0), NRxS02 0Rz, SO or SO2; wherein any alkyl or alkenyl of X7 is optionally interrupted with one or more O, S,
N(RX), OCH2O, C(=0), C(=0)0, 0C(=0)0, 0C(=0), C=NRX, C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2> ORZ, SO or SO2; wherein any alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle of X7 is optionally substituted on carbon with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, acetamido, acetoxy, acetyl, benzamido, benzenesulfinyl, benzenesulfonamido, benzenesulfonyl, benzenesulfonylamino, benzoyl, benzoylamino, benzoyloxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzylthio, carbamoyl, carbamate, isocyannato, sulfamoyl, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfo, sulfoamino, thiosulfo, NRxRy or COORX; each Rz is independently alkylene, alkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocyclene, or cycloalkylene; each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy.
Additional compounds useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions include compounds of formula (IV):
H
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl, and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl;
Z2 is selected from H, thiazole (e.g., thiazol-2-yl), and benzylsulfonyl; and Z1 and Z2 may be independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl (e.g., t-butyl or methyl), CO2H, lower alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), halogen (e.g., F), NO2, and perfluoroalkoxy (e.g., OCF3). In a particular embodiment, Z2 is 5-nitrothiazol-2-yl. In a particular embodiment, Z1 is 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl.
Additional compounds useful to inhibit JIP/JNK interactions include compounds of formula (V):
(V)
wherein
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl, and benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl;
Z2 is selected from H, thiazole (e.g., thiazol-2-yl), and benzylsulfonyl; and Z1 and Z2 may be independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl (e.g., t-butyl or methyl), CO2H, lower alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), halogen (e.g., F), NO2, and perfluoroalkoxy (e.g., OCF3). In a particular embodiment, Z1 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention is a compound of formula V, wherein Z2 is H, Z1 is not 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-6-yl or phenyl.
Specific Ranges, Values and Embodiments
Specific ranges, values, and embodiments provided below are for illustration purposes only and do not otherwise limit the scope of the invention, as defined by the claims. For the compounds of formula (II):
A specific value for Q1 is aryl or heterocycle. Another specific value for Q1 is aryl. Another specific value for Q1 is heterocycle. Another specific value for Q1 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q1 is 2-furan. Another specific value for Q1 is 2-(5-methyl) furan.
A specific value for Q2 is absent, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heterocycle. Another specific value for Q2 is optionally substituted aryl. Another specific value for Q2 is optionally substituted heterocycle. Another specific value for Q2 is phenyl, 2-furan, N- (3-morpholino), 2-(5-methyl) furan, absent, o-NO2-phenyl or m-OMe-p-OH-phenyl. Another specific value for Q2 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q2 is 2-furan. Another specific value for Q2 is N-(3-morpholino). Another specific value for Q2 is 2-(5-methyl) furan. Another specific value for Q2 is absent. Another specific value for Q2 is o-NO2-phenyl. Another specific value for Q is m-OMe-p-OH-phenyl.
A specific value for X4 is absent or O. Another specific value for X4 is absent. Another specific value for X4 is O.
A specific value for X5 is alkyl or alkenyl, optionally interrupted with one or more O, S, N(RX), OCH2O, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O)O, OC(=O), C=NRX, C(=O)NRX, NRXC(=O), NRXSO2, SO or SO2, and optionally substituted on carbon with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkylidenyl, alkenylidenyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkanoyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, imino, alkylamino, acylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, keto, thioxo, thio, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, cyano, acetamido, acetoxy, acetyl, benzamido, benzenesulfinyl, benzenesulfonamido, benzenesulfonyl, benzenesulfonylamino, benzoyl, benzoylamino, benzoyloxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzylthio, carbamoyl, carbamate, isocyannato, sulfamoyl, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfo, sulfoamino, thiosulfo, NRxRy or COORX; wherein each Rx and Ry is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxy .
Another specific value for X is alkyl or alkenyl, optionally interrupted with one or more C(=O)NRX or NRXC(=O), wherein each Rx is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl Another specific value for X5 is alkyl or alkenyl, optionally interrupted with one or more C(=0)NH or NHC(=0). Another specific value for X is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide; N,N'-(propane- l,3-diyl)diacetamide; N-propylacrylamide; N,N'-(2,2-dimethylpropane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide;
l,l'-(l,4-diazepane-l,4-diyl)diprop-2-ene-l-one; N-(3-acetamidopropyl)acrylamide; or N,N'- (propane- 1 ,3-diyl)diacrylamide.
Another specific value for X5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide. Another specific value for X5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacetamide. Another specific value for X5 is N- propylacrylamide. Another specific value for X5 is N,N'-(2,2-dimethylpropane-l,3- diyl)diacrylamide. Another specific value for X5 is l,l'-(l,4-diazepane-l,4-diyl)diprop-2-ene-l- one. Another specific value for X is N-(3-acetamidopropyl)acrylamide. Another specific value for X5 is N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)diacrylamide.
A specific value for X6 is absent or O. Another specific value for X6 is absent. Another specific value for X6 is O.
Specific compounds of formula (II) include:
(2E,2'E)-N,N'-(propane-l,3-diyl)bis(3-(furan-2-yl)acrylamide); N,N' -(propane- l,3-diyl)bis(2-phenoxyacetamide); (E)-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-N-(3-morpholinopropyl)acrylamide; (2E,2'E)-N,N'-(2,2-dimethylpropane-l,3-diyl)bis(3-(5-methylfuran-2- yl)acrylamide);
(2E,2'E)- 1 , T -( 1 ,4-diazepane- 1 ,4-diyl)bis(3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)prop-2-en- 1 - one);
(E)-N-(3-acetamidopropyl)-3-(furan-2-yl)acrylamide; (E)-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(3-(2-phenoxyacetamido)propyl)acrylamide;
(E)-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(3-(2-(2nitrophenoxy)acetamido)propyl)acrylamide; and (E)-3-(furan-2-yl)-N-(3-((E)-3-(4-hydroxy-3- methoxyphenyl)acrylamido)propyl)acrylamide.
For the compounds of formula (III): A specific value for Q3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl. Another specific value for Q3 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q3 is 6-( methyl 5- nitronicotinate); 2-(5-nitrothiazole); 7-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine); 4-(3-methyl- 1 -phenyl- lH-pyrazole) or 2-(thiazole). Another specific value for Q3 is 6-( methyl 5-nitronicotinate). Another specific value for
Q3 is 2-(5-nitrothiazole). Another specific value for Q3 is 7-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine). Another specific value for Q3 is 4-(3-methyl-l-phenyl-lH-pyrazole). Another specific value for Q3 is 2-(thiazole).
A specific value for Q4 is S or -CRX=N-, wherein Rx is H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle or cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q4 is S or -CH=N-. Another specific value for Q4 is S. Another specific value for Q4 is
-CRX=N-, wherein Rx is H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle or cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q4 is -CH=N-.
A specific value for X7 is absent or aryl. Another specific value for X7 is absent. Another specific value for X7 is aryl. Another specific value for X7 is phenyl. Another specific value for X7 is 1,2-phenyl. Another specific value for X7 is 3,4'-(4-(4'-phenyl)-lH-l,2,4-triazol- 5(4H)-one). Another specific value for X7 is l,2-(lH-benzo[d]imidazole). Another specific value for X7 is 2,5-(l,3,4-thiadiazole).
A specific value for Q is absent or NRX(C=O), wherein Rx is H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Another specific value for Q5 is absent or NH(C=O). Another specific value for Q5 is absent. Another specific value for Q5 is NRX(C=O), wherein Rx is H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl or hydroxyl. Another specific value for Q5 is absent. Another specific value for Q5 is NH(C=O). Another specific value for Q is ORZ, wherein Rz is alkylene, alkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocyclene, or cycloalkylene. Another specific value for Q is OCH2. A specific value for Q6 is optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q6 is optionally substituted heteroaryl. Another specific value for Q6 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. Another specific value for Q6 is optionally substituted alkyl. Another specific value for Q6 is 2-thiophene; m-CF3-phenyl; 2-(5-(pyridin-4- yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole); 4-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)-lH-l,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione); orp-Cl-phenyl. Another specific value for Q6 is 2-thiophene. Another specific value for Q6 is m-CF3-phenyl. Another specific value for Q6 is 2-(5-(pyridin-4-yl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole). Another specific value for Q6 is or 4-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)-lH-l,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione). Another specific value for Q6 is p-Cl-phenyl. Another specific value for Q6 is phenyl. Another specific value for Q6 is isopropyl. Specific compounds of formula (III) include: methyl 5-nitro-6-(2-(thiophene-2-carboxamido)phenylthio)nicotinate; N-(2-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)phenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide; 2-(5-phenyl-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)-5-(pyridin-4-yl)-l,3,4- oxadiazole; (E)-4-((3-methyl-l-phenyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)methyleneamino)-3-(thiophen-2- yl)- IH- 1 ,2,4-triazole-5(4H)-thione; methyl 6-(2-(4-chlorobenzamido)phenylthio)-5-nitronicotinate; 4-(4-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-lH-l,2,4-triazol-5(4H)-one; 2-(l-isopropyl-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)thiazole; 2-isopropyl-5-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l,3,4-thiadiazole;
4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitromiazol-2-ylthio)-l # -1,2,4- triazol-5(4/f)-one;
3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl-lH-l,2,4-triazol-5(4H)-one; and 5-nitro-2-(l -phenyl- lH-tetrazo 1-5 -ylthio)thiazo Ie.
Specific compounds of formula (II) are shown in Tables I and Ia. Specific compounds of formula (III) are shown in Tables II, Ha, and III. Specific compounds of formulae (IV) and (V) are shown in Tables III, IV, V, and VI.
In particular embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be selected from the exemplary compound listing shown below in the following tables (i.e., Tables I- VI). Importantly, it should be noted that the tabular listing below is used merely as a convenience, and each compound below should be considered a separate embodiment of the invention:
(H)
Q
(III)
Table II
Table Ha
Table III
In additional particular embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be selected from Table IV.
Table IV
In a specific embodiments of the invention, the compound is not 83A5 or 83A6.
In certain embodiments, particular compounds of the invention include those selected from the listing of compounds of Table V.
Table V
In particular embodiments, the compound may be selected from the compounds of Table
VI:
Table VI
In a particular, embodiment, the compound of the invention is compound 83F6, 4-(4- Nitro-phenyl)-5-(5-nitro-thiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-2,4-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazol-3-one.
Pharmaceutical Formulations
The compounds of this invention are formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinary practice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986). Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like. The pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7 to 10.
While it is possible for the active ingredients to be administered alone it may be preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. The formulations, both for veterinary and for human use, of the invention comprise at least one active ingredient, as above defined, together with one or more acceptable carriers therefore and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) are advantageously "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.
The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA). Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therefrom.
For administration to the eye or other external tissues e.g., mouth and skin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and more preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide and related analogs.
The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties. The cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.
Pharmaceutical formulations according to the present invention comprise one or more compounds of the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents. Pharmaceutical formulations containing the active ingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration. When used for oral use for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed. Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p- hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those disclosed above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally- occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such
as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a time -release formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. The active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns in increments microns such as 0.5, 1, 30 microns, 35 microns, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a given condition.
Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
The formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient. It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
The invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising at least one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinary carrier therefore.
Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary art and are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any other desired route. Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlled release of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity
profile of the active ingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provided compositions comprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated for sustained or controlled release.
Effective dose of active ingredient depends at least on the nature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is being used prophylactically (lower doses), the method of delivery, and the pharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies. It can be expected to be from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day. Typically, from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically, from about .01 to about 5 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically, from about .05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day. For example, the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight will range from 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably between 5 mg and 500 mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.
One or more compounds of the invention (herein referred to as the active ingredients) are administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that a preferred route may vary with for example the condition of the recipient. An advantage of the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailable and can be dosed orally. The invention also provides kits comprising the reagents for performing the methods of the invention and instructions for use. In one embodiment, the kit provides JIP and JNK comprising fluorescent donor and acceptor moieties and instructions for use. In one particular embodiment, the donor and acceptor moieties are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
Exemplification
The invention will be further described by the following nonlimiting examples.
Example 1 Virtual Docking Approaches
Virtual docking strategies have been described to identify potential protein binders (Fattorusso et al., 2005; Leane et al., 2003; Kitada et al., 2003; Hajdaic et al., 1997 Forino et al., 2005). For instance, a number of in silico approaches have been used to identify inhibitors for Akt (Forino et al., 2005). Virtual docking may be performed on Linux cluster constituted by a 40 slaves plus head node, each with 2 CPUs Intel® Xenon 2.4 GHz running FlexX (Biosolve) or by using FlexX as implemented in Sybyl 6.9 (TRIPOS) on a 10-R12000 CPUs challenge
machine and generating several solutions per compound. Top scoring compounds are selected by using CSCORE and visual inspection. Molecular models are built by using CORINA and Sybyl 6.9 (TRIPOS) and energy minimized by using the routine MAXIMIN or semi-empirical calculations (MOPAC). Cerius 2 (Accelrys, Inc.) may also be used. Initial docking studies with compounds are performed with FlexX as implemented in Sybyl 6.9 by using the three- dimensional structure of JNKl in complex with the JIPl peptide (PDB_ID IUKH) and the structure of the ternary complex between JNKl, JIPl and the ATP mimic SP600125 (PBDJD IUKI). As a general strategy, for each compound, 10 solutions are generated and compounds are the analyzed according to CSCORE which includes drug score, chemscore and Gold score functions. Further studies are performed with GOLD. GOLD is implemented on a dual-CPU 3.2 GHz Linux workstation. The binding energies of the docked compounds can be correlated with the experimental inhibition constants by using an empirical binding energy scoring function, similar to those recently obtained (Fattorusso et al., 2005; Forino et al., 2005).
A virtual docking approach to identify modulators of JIP/JNK was analyzed using several strategies including FlexX (Kramer et al., 1999), GOLD (Ver donk et al., 2003) and CSCORE (Clark et al., 2002), where the top 100-200 scoring compounds from a 50,000 compound library were tested. Briefly, a 50,000 compound library (Chembridge, San Diego) was selected and all compounds docked against the JIPl binding site on JNKl (PDB_ID IUKH). For this task, FlexX was used. Initially 5 solutions were generated for each ligand and the compounds rank ordered by using the FlexX scoring function. The top scoring 4,000 compounds were then subsequently analyzed by using a consensus score between Chemscore (Eldridge et al., 1997) and Goldscore (Ver donk et al., 2003). The top 1,000 compounds were visually analyzed using Sybyl and compounds to be tested selected according to the following criteria: occupancy of both hydrophobic pockets; formation of hydrogen bonding interactions (similar to those observed in pepJIPl -JNKl); drug-likeness (see above); and ease of synthesis.
Example 2 Competitive Assay for JIP Mimics
One choice for the development of a robust assay for pepJIPl mimics is the Delfia® (dissociation enhanced lanthanide fluoroimmunoassay). Delfia chemistry has been applied with success using various assay formats in the detection of receptor-ligand interactions. Delfia® is a heterogeneous assay similar to an ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay). To employ Delfia® to identify modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, proteins were produced from a pET- 19b (Novagen) plasmid construct containing the respective nucleotide sequence fused to a N- terminal poly- His tag or GST. GST-JNK1/2 may be expressed in E. coli BL21 in LB media at 37 0C, with an induction period of 3-4 hours with 1 mM IPTG. Approximate yields ranged from
13
2 to 10 mg per litre of culture, γ C-VaI labelled His-JNKl (His-JNK2) for binding studies was similarly produced in M9 media supplemented with 50 mg/L of γ-13C-Val (Cambridge Isotopes) at the time of induction with IPTG. Following cell lysis, soluble labelled protein was purified over a Hi-Trap chelating column (Amersham, Pharmacia), followed by ion-exchange purification with a MonoQ (Amersham, Pharmacia) column. A schematic representation of Delfia® is set forth in Figure 1.
A heterogeneous assay using a labeled JIPl peptide and a JNK fusion was employed to screen and characterize JIPl mimics. In one embodiment of an assay to detect modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction, a bio tin labeled pep JIPl is bound to streptavidin coated 96 -well plates. GST-JNKl (or GST- JNK2) is incubated so as to allow for binding to pepJIPl, and after washing to eliminate unbound GST-JNKl (or GST-JNK2), a solution containing a Eu labeled anti-GST antibody (Perkin Elmer) is added together with a test agent. After a second washing step, an enhancing solution is added to deliver the lanthanide from the antibody to the solution. Residual Eu fluorescence is subsequently detected with a VictorV2 (Perkin Elmer) plate reader with excitation at 360 nm and emission at 620 nm. If the test compound is capable of dissociating GST-JNKl from the biotinylated-pepJIPl peptide, the antibody carrying the label (Eu) is washed out and no fluorescence is detected. Because of the relaxation properties of Eu, detection can be accomplished also in time-resolved mode (TRF), free from possible interferences by test compounds, matrices, plates, and the like. Also, the sensitivity of Eu is superior to that of most other fluorescent labels.
The reproducibility of the Delfia® assay was evaluated by varying the biotin-pepJIPl (Anaspec) concentration (from 1 pM to 50 nM) (Figure 2A); GST-JNKl (and GST- JNK2) concentration (from 1 nM to 500 nM) (Figure 2B); incubation times (from 30 minutes to 2 hours); and the number of washing steps (from 2 to 7). For a typical displacement curve with the non-biotinylated pepJIPl as a test inhibitor, the obtained IC50 value of 3 μM is comparable with the KD value obtained by direct isothermal titration calorimetry experiments (about 0.6 μM).
In another embodiment, 100 μL of a 100 ng/ml of biotin labeled pepJIPl was added to each well of a 96-well streptavidin coated plate (Perkin Elmer). After incubation for 1 hour, unbound peptide was eliminated with 4 washing steps. Subsequently, to each well 78 μL solution of Eu-antibody conjugate (25 ng/ml), 2 μL DMSO solution containing a test compound, and 10 μL solution containing GST-JNKl (or GST- JNK2) protein (100 nM), were added. After 2 hours of incubation, each well was washed 4 times to eliminate unbound JNKl and the Eu- antibody if displaced by the test compound. Subsequently, 200 μL of enhancement solution (Perkin Elmer) was added to each well, and fluorescence read after 30 minutes incubation (excitation wavelength, 360 nm; emission wavelength, 620 nm). Controls include unlabeled
pepJIPl peptide (Anaspec) and blanks received no compound.
In another embodiment, 100 μL of a 100 ng/ml solution of biotin-labeled pepJIPl (Biotin- lc-KRPKRPTTLNLF, where Ic indicates a hydrocarbon chain of 6 methylene groups) was added to each well of 96-well streptavidin-coated plates (Perkin-Elmer). After incubation for 1 hour, unbound bio tin-pep JIPl was removed by 3 washing steps. Subsequently to each well was added 87 μL of Eu-labeled anti-GST antibody solution (300 ng/ml; 1.9 nM), 2.5 μL DMSO solution containing test compound, and 10 μL solution of GST-JNK2 (or GST-JNKl) for a final protein concentration of 10 nM. After 1 hour of incubation at 0 0C, each well was washed 5 times to eliminate unbound protein and the Eu-antibody if displaced by a test compound. Subsequently, 200 μL of enhancement solution (Perkin-Elmer) was added to each well and fluorescence measured after 10 min incubation (excitation wavelength, 340 nm; emission wavelength, 615 nm). Controls include unlabeled peptide and blanks receiving no compounds. Protein and peptide solutions were prepared in Delfia buffer (Perkin-Elmer). Upon identifying mixtures that gave >50% inhibition at 12.5 μM, dose response measurements were performed to filter out eventual false positives. The mixtures were deconvolved to identify individual test compounds having activity and the individual compounds were retested to identify actual hits.
Example 3
A set of 31 potential pepJIPl mimics identified in a virtual docking approach were selected and tested further tested using Delfia®. Each compound was tested in duplicate; positive controls included pepJIPl (at 25 μM) and blanks received no proteins (6 wells each).
Negative controls (6 wells) in which no inhibitors were added were also included. The
JIP/JNK Delfia® was highly reproducible (Z' factor > 0.7; see Zhang et al. (1999) J. Biomol
Screen for an explanation of Z' factors) and highly sensitive (over 30,000 RFUs between controls). Exemplary compounds identified by the method are 5328208 and 5245976 as set forth in Figure 3.
Thus, by using a combination of structure -based design followed by experimental verification via Delfia®, low micro molar pepJIPl mimics were identified.
To optimize hits, a first round of iterations of Structure- Activity Relationship (SAR) data on compound analogues was collected (see Figures 6 and 9). These studies provided information on ligand binding in a series of closely related compounds, and such data was suitable for application of QSAR (quantitative structure-activity relationship) analysis (Hansen et al., 1995). These analogs may be tested in competition and kinase assays as was done for the compounds set forth in Figures 7 and 8. Figure 10 shows compounds identified after a second round of molecular docking, NMR and Delfia® analysis and sets forth the percent each
compound inhibited in the Delfia® analysis at 25μM. Figures 1 IA-C shows ICsodata for compounds 17C6, 19E2, and 24Dl, respectively.
Example 4 TR-FRET Assay
The TR-FRET assay was used as a secondary assay to further characterize the binding of the compounds identified through the virtual docking and Delfia assay described above.
The following reagents were dissolved in Lance detection buffer [Perkin Elmer] with 0.1% BSA: GST-JNKl 10 nMBiotinylated pepJIPl (KRPKRPTTLNLF); 150 nM Eu anti-GST 8 nM; and Streptavidin APC 20 nM in 96 well black plates (50 μl final volume). GST-JNK, biotin-pepJIPl, Eu, streptavidin APC, with no inhibitor was used as a positive control. For a negative control, Eu anti-GST and streptavidin APC GST-protein, biotinylated- peptide, and inhibitors were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature followed by addition of the Eu anti-GST/ APC-streptavidin mixture. The plate was read after 90 minutes at 4 0C (emission: D340, absosption: D665).
LANCE assay results are shown in Figures 17A-C for JIPl, 24Dl and SPB07895, respectively.
Example 5 Fluorescence Polarization Assay A homogeneous assay may also be to identify modulators of JIP1/JNK. The assay is based on displacement of fluorescence polarization (FP), which is also a mode of detection for the Victor V2 plate reader. Briefly, a FITC-labeled-pepJIPl is synthesized (Anaspec) and its polarization measured at increasing protein concentrations (JNKl and JNK2) in 96-well plates. Upon binding, the initially rapid rotational correlation time of the FITC-pepJIPl approaches that of the macromolecule with concomitant increase of emitted polarized light. Test compounds can be monitored for their ability to bind to the JIPl binding pocket of JNK by detecting a decrease of polarization due to the displacement of bound FITC-pepJIPl. The advantage of FP versus Delfia® is that the sample preparation is simple and the assay does not require the use of tagged protein nor specific antibodies. In addition, being a homogeneous assay, FP is more suitable for testing several compounds (no time consuming washing steps). The potential interference from fluorescence of the test compound may be at least partially solved by using pepJIPl tagged with red-shifted Alexa Fluor dyes available from Molecular Probes. Examples of dyes that could be used are Alexa Fluor 555 (ex/em = 555nm/565nm) or Alexa Fluor 610 (ex/em = 610nm/628nm). Thus, a FP assay may be used as rapid primary assay while Delfia® may be used for hit validation in a secondary assay.
Example 6
Identification of 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H - l,2,4-triazol-5(4//)-one (BI-78D3) and related compounds
A 30,000 compound library (-16,000 compounds, Maybridge Corporation, Cornwell,
UK; 14,000 compounds, ASDI Biosciences, Newark, DE), prepared in mixtures of 20 compounds per sample, was screened using the Delfia® assay for dissociation of GST- JNK2 from biotinylated-pepJIPl peptide. Upon identifying mixtures that gave >50% inhibition at 12.5 μM, dose response measurements were performed to filter out eventual false positives. The mixtures were deconvolved to identify individual test compounds having activity and the individual compounds were retested to identify actual hits. The hits from the Delfia assay were further tested for their ability to inhibit JNKl phosphorylation of ATF2 in the Time-Resolved Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (TR-FRET) based LanthaScreen kinase assay (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) and screened for effects on cell viability and morphology by propidium iodide staining to eliminate cytotoxic compounds. These efforts lead to the identification of 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H -1,2,4- triazol-5(4/f)-one (BI-78D3; Figure 19B). Other compounds identified in the Delfia assay and having 100% displacement of bio tinylated-pep JIPl peptide at lOOμM are set forth in Figures 22A and B. BI-78D3 is able to compete with pepJIPl for JNKl binding (IC50 = 600 nM; Figure
19C), and inhibit the in vitro kinase activity of JNKl (IC50 = 280 nM; Figure 19D), both with a Hillslope of ~1. Using the same in vitro LanthaScreen kinase assay and the same ATF2 substrate, BI-78D3 was found to be 100-fold less active versus p38, a member of the MAPK family with high structural similarity to JNK. Furthermore, from Lineweaver-Burk analysis, BI- 78D3 is a reversible inhibitor and is competitive with ATF2 for binding to JNKl with an apparent K(i) value of 200 nM (Figure 19E). In addition, BI-78D3 does not inhibit the phosphorylation of a short peptide substrate lacking a D-domain (data not shown) further confirming that BI-78D3 is substrate competitive.
To characterize the binding properties of BI-78D3, computational modeling studies supported by structure activity relationship (SAR) data (Table III) and experimental NMR
(Figure 20A) were performed. IC50 data and structure-Activity Relationship (SAR) data were collected on compound analogues BI-78D3, BI-83C9, BI-83C7, BI-83C8, BI-83B3, BI-83C11, respectively, (see Table III). The docked structure of BI-78D3 onto the binding surface of JNKl has many features in common with the recently solved X-ray structure of the ternary complex including pepJIPl, JNKl and the ATP mimic SP600125 (Heo et al., 2004; Figure 19A). For example, these studies predict that the benzodioxan moiety of BI-78D3 occupies a region
corresponding to the highly conserved leucines of pepJIPl (Barr et al., 2002). In fact, the removal of the benzodioxan moiety results in a two-fold reduction in activity in both the DELFIA and kinase assay (BI-83C9; Table III). In addition, an extensive network of hydrogen bonding interactions is predicted between the triazole, nitro group, and thiazole of BI-78D3 with JNKl R 127, an interaction that is thought to be important for pep JIPl binding to JNKl (Heo et al., 2004). Although substitution of a triazole with a tetrazole seems to be tolerated (cf. BI-83C9 and BI-83C7; Table III) modifications to the nitro or thiazole result in a marked reduction in inhibitory activity (cf. BI-83C8, BI-83B3, and BI-83C11; Table III).
Example 7
In vitro Kinase Assay
An in vitro kinase assay was used as a secondary assay to further characterize the binding of the BI-78D3, identified through the Delfia assay described in Example 4, and related compounds. To assay in vitro kinase activity, the LanthaScreen assay platform from Invitrogen was utilized. Time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay (TR-FRET) was performed in 384 well plates. Each well received JNKl (100 ng/mL), ATF2 (200 nM), and ATP (1 μM) in 5OmM HEPES, 1OmM MgCl 2, ImM EGTA and 0.01% Brij-35, pH 7.5 and test compounds. The kinase reaction was performed at room temperature for 1 hr. After this time, the terbium labeled antibody and EDTA were added into each well. After an additional hour incubation, the signal was measured at 520/495 nm emission ratio on a BMG Pherastar fluorescence plate reader. The LanthaScreen kinase assay results for BI-78D3 and other compounds screened are shown in Table III and Table IV.
Example 8
NMR-based techniques
NMR-based approaches may also be used to derive potential JNK1/2 inhibitors. Target mediated ligand-ligand transferred NOEs (ILOEs) allow detection of a pair of relatively weak binders (high micromolar to millimolar) that may be subsequently chemically linked to give a more potent lead compound (sub-micro molar). This approach, named SAR by ILOE, is analogous to the well known SAR by NMR strategy, and allows the design of possible bi- dentate inhibitors by screening a library of compound "scaffolds" in overlapping mixtures.
The approach is based on the detection of magnetization transfer between an initial hit and a second compound (a scaffold) occupying an adjacent site on the surface of the target, measured in the presence of a sub-stoichiometric amount of unlabeled protein. Briefly, in a mixture of compounds in the presence of GST-JNK (10 μM), only those compounds that bind
appreciably to the protein exhibit strong negative NOEs (positive cross-peaks), and if two ligands bind simultaneously and in adjacent sites on the protein surface, strong negative ligand- ligand NOEs (ILOEs) can be observed. Compounds that display ligand-ligand interactions may be used to design covalently linked compounds with increased activity. A subset of the "scaffold" library (about 600 compounds representing the scaffolds most commonly found in drugs) was tested to identify possible pairs of "weak" JNK binders that may be chemically linked to yield more potent lead compounds.
Mixtures of compounds from the scaffold library (0.4 to 0.9 mM each) were prepared and tested in the presence of 5-10 μM GST-JNKl, GST- JNK2 and GST alone as control. trNOEs and ILOEs were subsequently detected by means of 2d [1H, 1H]-NOESY spectra, typically acquired wth 8-32 scans for each of 400 indirect points and mixing times varying between 300 to 800 msec, to maximize the detection of trNOEs and ILOEs (Becattini et al., 2004; Zerbe, 2003). Two compounds displaying inter-ligand NOEs, BI-7E5 and BI-7E11 in the presence of GST-JNKl and GST- JNK2 but not GST alone or in absence of any protein, were identified. Initial displacement assays with ATP suggested that the compounds were not binding in the ATP binding pocket. Additional assays, including NMR displacement assays and chemical shift mapping with selectively labeled JNKl are performed to verify that compounds BI-7E5 and BI-7E11 do bind in the JIPI binding pocket.
A more rapid approach than the trNOE is to measure compounds 1H transverse relaxation rates in presence of sub-stochiometric amounts of protein targets (GST- JNK1/2). These assays exploit the different rotational correlation time of the small molecule in solution versus when bound to a large macromolecule. Typical Tlp (Hajduk et al., 1997) experiments (10 to 300 msec spin-lock duration) are performed on 100 μM of each compound, in the presence and absence of 10 μM GST-JNKl (GST-JNK2). All experiments are performed with either a 500 MHz or 600 MHz Bruker Avance spectrometer, both equipped with TXI probes.
Another simple NMR -based assay is the saturation transfer difference (STD) (Mayer et al., 1999) or the related experiment WaterLOGSY (Dalrit et al., 2000) in which binding of a compound is detected by a direct transfer of magnetization (saturation) from the protein to the ligand. These techniques have the advantage of being less prone to false positives. Solubility (at least 100 μM) and off rates of the complex may be limiting factors (not slower than 1 s"1, as general rule), as compounds with poor solubility (< 50-100 μM) tend to be promiscuous and non-specific inhibitors. Standard and WaterLOGSY NMR spectra of ImM 5328298 and 5245976 in the presence of 10 μMGST-JNK2 were obtained and are set forth in Figure 4A and 4B, respectively. In addition to ligand based assays, an advantageous NMR-based assay may be the chemical shift mapping of compounds with selectively 13C-labeled His-JNKl (His-JNK2). Such
an assay may validate on the site of binding of compounds. Although these data do not provide precise structural information on the mode of binding (unless a differential chemical shift approach is used) they provide rapid insights on the site of binding and can be used to measure the dissociation constant of the complex by titration. For chemical shift mapping, His-JNKl and His-JNK2 are labelled with γ-13C-Val, because two such residues are present in the JIPl binding pocket and binding may be detected via 2D [13C,1 H]-HSQC spectra measured with 0.1 mM protein samples. For the 2D [13C,1 H]- HSQC, typical parameters include 1H and 13C sweep widths of 12 ppm and 5 ppm, respectively; 128 scans and 80 indirect acquisition points and a recycle delay of 1 second. The use of selective methyl labelling is superior to "traditional" uniform 15N labelling in particular for proteins with MW > 30 kDa (Pellecchia et al., 2002; Beccattini et al., 2004; Zerbe et al., 2003, Pellecchia et al., 2004). Using VaI labelling, the labor consuming and cost intensive steps related to resonance assignments is bypassed and problems of spectral overlap are largely eliminated. Resonance specific assignments are obtained by chemical shift mapping with pepJIPl. Eventual ambiguities can be resolved by single point mutations.
In addition, NMR probes may be used to confirm the predicted binding mode of BI- 78D3. A recently developed probe, azaindole-TEMPO (Vasquez et al., submitted), brings a paramagnetic spin label into proximity of the JIP binding site of JNK by anchoring in the ATP binding site (Figure 20A). Azaindole-TEMPO is an ATP-mimic linked to 2,2,6,6- tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, which provides the paramagnetic spin label (Figure 20A). If a test compound binds in close proximity to azaindole-TEMPO, its NMR signal will be affected by the unpaired electron. The effect, manifested in a reduction in signal intensity in the ID 1H-NMR spectrum of the test compound, is distance dependent thus allowing a rough estimate of the binding mode of the test compound with respect to azaindole-TEMPO. NMR spectra were acquired on a 600 MHz Bruker Avance spectrometer equipped with a Bruker TXI probe. All ID 1H experiments carried out with samples containing unlabeled His-tagged JNK2 at a concentration of 5 μM. ID Tlp experiments were measured with a spin-lock time of 100 (or 50) ms, a recycle delay of 1.5 sec, and water suppression based on the Watergate sequence. As shown in Figure 2OB, the signals of BI-78D3 are attenuated in the presence of azaindole- TEMPO. The attenuation is strong evidence of binding to JNK in the JIP binding site.
Moreover, the signals of the aliphatic protons on the benzodioxan moiety (H4 in Figure 20B) are most affected while the signal of the proton on the thiazole ring is least affected (Hl in Figure 20B). The data indicate that the benzodioxan moiety is closest to ATP-TEMPO.
Additionally, the paramagnetic spin probe data are consistent with the orientation of BI- 78D3 predicted by in silico docking (Figure 20C). Computational docking studies were performed with GOLD 2.1 (The Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre, Cambridge, UK)
(Eldridge et al., and Jones et al., 1997) and analyzed with Sybyl (Tripos, St. Louis). Molecular surfaces were generated with MOLCAD (Teschner et al., 1994). The X-ray coordinates of JNKl/pepJIPl/SP600125 (PDB-ID IUKI) were used to dock the compounds. Molecular models were generated with CONCORD (Pearlman, 1998) and energy minimized with Sybyl. Ten solutions were generated and subsequently ranked according to Chemscore. The top 5 solutions converged to a similar pose that was used to represent the docked geometry of BI-78D3. Peptide and SP600125 poses reported in Figure 19 correspond to those obtained directly from the X-ray coordinates.
Example 9
In silico and Iterative Structure Based Optimization
Structure based iterative optimization was used to bring compounds of the benzothiazole series to nanomolar binding affinity. About 500,000 compounds from several commercially available repositories (Maybridge, UK; Chembridge, USA; Asinex, Russia; ChemDiv, USA; SIGMA rare, USA; ASDI, USA) were screened in silico. By using a similar ranking strategy, top scoring compounds (up to 1,000) were selected and tested for their ability to displace pepJIPl-JNK interactions in the assays described herein (see for example, Figures 5 and 6). A hit was defined as a compound with a percent inhibition larger then 50% when tested at 20 μM. Hits were validated and ranked in terms of potency (dose response curves with available assays, including NMR-based binding assays and chemical shift mapping), drug-likeness, and ease of synthesis. Compound analogs were selected and pre-screened in silico against JNK and their binding properties predicted via a consensus score and visual inspection. Modeling studies served as a guide to prioritize the synthetic chemistry efforts. NMR-based chemical shift mapping data served as experimental verification of the site of binding to provide further validation to the docked structures. The experimental results were and will be further used to verify and refine the models for further iterations. In the design/selection of closely related compound analogs, R substituents from all areas of a Craig-diagram in the π/σ space (Hansch et al., 1995) were sampled. This allowed the use of traditional QSAR analysis (Hansch et al., 1995) to complement the docking studies. For the SAR by ILOE approach, compounds such as BI-7E5 and BI-7E11 (Figures 12-
13) were confirmed to actually bind in the JIPl binding pocket of JNK and not bind in the ATP pocket. In silico design of possible bi-dentate compounds suggested that the compounds bind to the JIPl binding pocket of JNK. To address this point experimentally, ε13C-Met labeled samples of JNKl and JNK2 and chemical shift mapping were employed. Inter-ligand NOEs between the methyl group of the ester moiety of BI-7E11 and benzene hydrogen atoms adjacent to the amino
group of BI7E5 were observed. Hence, additional potential bi-dentate compounds may be designed by linking the respective scaffolds according to the NOEs data.
Typical trNOESY spectra are measured with 8 or 16 transients per increment with mixing times of 300 to 800 milliseconds, to maximize the detection of trNOEs and ILOEs. Pooling compounds in mixtures of 6 to 24 expedites the collection of the spectra for the 600 fragments. Analysis of the data and subsequent deconvolution of the spectra allows identification of weak ligands by means of positive trNOEs cross peaks. Similarly, compounds that bind GST-JNKl (GST- JNK2) in close proximity (less that 5 A) are identified by detecting intermolecular NOEs (ILOEs) and may serve as building blocks for producing linked compounds as described above. Inter-nuclear distances are derived by ILOEs build-up rate measurements. When possible, eventual spin-diffusion effects are taken into account by measuring QUIET-NOESY (Pellechia et al., 2002) experiments. Binders are will be further validated by their ability to bind in the JIPl binding pocket, verified by, for instance, chemical shift mapping.
Example 10
In Vitro and Cell Based Testing
To test the capacity of the putative inhibitors to block JNKl -2 activity, HEK293T cells were treated with 5 μg/ml anysomicin for 30 minutes to induce JNK activation. Protein extracts were prepared and JNKl -2 proteins were isolated by immunoprecipitation using monoclonal antibodies (Pharmigen). Different aliquots of the immunopurified JNKl -2 proteins were tested for kinase activity by incubation in kinase buffer in the presence of increasing concentrations of inhibitor, a fixed amount of purified GST-cJun substrate (residues 1-79), and [32P]γ-ATP. The products of the kinase reaction were resolved by SDS-PAGE and blotted onto PDF membrane. The signals corresponding to the GSTcJun phosphorylated substrate were detected by phosphorimager and the PVDF membrane is further analyzed by immunoblot analysis with polyclonal anti-JNKl-2 antibodies (Pharmigen) to quantify the amount of JNKl -2 proteins in each kinase reaction (Figure 14B). The specificity of the inhibitors were tested by observing their effect on the closely related kinases p38 and ERK. Whereas p38 is also activated by the same stimuli that activate JNK, both ERK and p38 are closely related to JNK, have a very similar three-dimensional structure and are activated by the same group of upstream kinases, the MKKs. ERK and p38 kinase assays are performed by immunoprecipitation using specific antibodies, myelin basic protein (UBI) as substrate for ERK and MAPK activate protein kinase 2 (GST-MAPKAPK2) as substrate for p38. To further ascertain the specificity of the inhibitors and to study their mechanism of action, the capacity of compounds to block the interaction of purified GST-JNKl and GSTJNK2
fusion proteins on purified substrates that are of relevance for type-2 diabetes was measured. More specifically, purified GST-JNKl or GST- JNK2 was incubated with His-tagged cJun or His-tagged IRS 1 fusion proteins. The ability of the inhibitors to block enzyme-substrate interaction is tested by GST pull down and immunoblot analysis with cJun or IRS 1 antibodies, and by His-tag pull down using Ni-affinity beads and immunoblot analysis with JNKl -2 antibodies (see Figure 14A).
The compounds identified through virtual docking and Delfia assay described above and confirmed to work as JNK inhibitors in vitro were tested for their ability to inhibit JNK in living cells. These experiments provide information regarding the ability of the inhibitors to permeate the cell membranes, their stability and effectiveness in the intracellular milieu. HEK293T cells were transfected with plasmids encoding the kinases JNKl -2 and Myc-tagged substrates, Myc- cJun and Myc-IRSl. 24 hours after transfection, cells were treated with 10 ng/ml of TNFα for 30 minutes in the presence or absence of JNK inhibitors. JNK mediated phosphorylation of the cJun and IRS 1 substrate were measured by cMyc immunoprecipitation and immunoblot analyses using cJun phospho Ser63 antibodies (Cell Signaling) and anti IRSl Ser307 antibodies (Upstate).
The ability of the different compounds to inhibit JNK may be also tested in more physiological cellular models. JNK inhibits insulin signaling via IRSl Ser307 phosphorylation in TNFα treated hepatoma cells (Hirosumi et al., 2002). HepG2 hepatoma cells are treated with 10 ng/ml TNFα for 30 minutes in presence or absence of the JNK inhibitor, and controls are not treated with TNFα. Cell extracts are analyzed by immunoprecipitation with IRSl antibodies and immunoblotting using IRS 1 Ser307 specific antibodies (Upstate), then membranes are stripped and reprobed with IRSl antibody as a control to exclude an effect of the inhibitors on IRSl expression. JNK inhibition was reported to protect pancreatic β-cells from the effect of hydrogen peroxide induced oxidative stress on insulin gene expression (Kaneto et al., 2002). Primary pancreatic islets may be isolated from mice by collagenase-P digestion and Ficoll gradient purification (Shang et al., 2003). Primary β-cell cultures are used to test the ability of the JNK inhibitors to protect pancreatic islets from the effects of H2O2 on insulin gene expression. More specifically, the primary cell cultures are treated for 48 hours with 50 μM of H2O2 in the presence or absence of the JNK inhibitor. Insulin and β-actin mRNA are measured by an Sl nuclease protection assay that we have developed (Westin et al., 2004).
The LanthaScreen technology may be used to test compounds in cell based assays for JNK inhibition. Cell based kinase assays for c-Jun and ATF2 phosphorylation may be carried out using the LanthaScreen c-Jun (1-79) HeIa and LanthaScreen ATF2 (19-106) A549 cell lines (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) which stably express GFP-c-Jun 1-79 and GFP-ATF2 19-106
respectively. Phosphorylation is determined by measuring the time resolved FRET (TR-FRET)) between a terbium labeled phospho-specific antibody and the GFP-fusion protein (Robers et al., in press). The cell-based LanthaScreen kinase assay was used to profile the properties of compound BI-78D3, which was isolated from the Delfia screen. The cells were plated in white tissue culture treated 384 well plates at a density of 10000 cell per well in 32 μl assay medium (Opti-MEM®, supplemented with 1% charcoal/dextran- treated FBS, 100 U/mL penicillin and 100 μg/mL streptomycin, 0.1 mM non-essential amino acids, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 25 mM HEPES pH 7.3, and lacking phenol red). After overnight incubation, cells are pretreated for 60 min with compound (indicated concentration) followed by 30 min of stimulation with 2 ng/ml of TNF-α, which stimulates both JNK and p38. The medium is then removed by aspiration and the cells were lysed by adding 20 μl of lysis buffer (20 mM TRIS-HCl pH 7.6, 5 mM EDTA, 1% NP-40 substitute, 5 mM NaF, 150 mM NaCl, 1 :100 protease and phosphatase inhibitor mix, SIGMA P8340 and P2850 respectively). The lysis buffer included 2 nM of the terbium labeled anti-pc-Jun (pSer73) or anti-pATF2 (pThr71) detection antibodies (Invitrogen). After allowing the assay to equilibrate for 1 hour at room temperature, TR-FRET emission ratios were determined on a BMG Pherastar fluorescence plate reader (excitation at 340 nm, emission 520 nm and 490 nm; 100 μs lag time, 200 μs integration time, emission ratio = Em520 / Em 490).
In this assay BI-78D3 is able to inhibit TNF-α stimulated phosphorylation of c-Jun in cells (EC50 = 12.4 μM; Figure 21A) in a cellular context. Because the cell-based system employed makes use of a GFP-c-Jun stable expression system, the high levels of GFP-c-Jun in these cells, which are higher than endogenous levels of c-Jun, may have an inflationary effect on the EC50 values obtained with this assay when testing substrate competitive compounds. Given that TNF-α stimulates both JNK and p38 and that ATF2 is a substrate for both kinases, one would predict that a JNK selective compound such as BI-78D3 would not affect the ability of p38 to phosphorylate ATF2. Indeed, ATF2 phosphorylation was not affected in the same assay further demonstrating the selectivity of BI-78D3.
Example 11 In Vivo Assays
The link between Conconavilin A (ConA) induced liver damage and JNK function was reported by studies employing JNKl"'" and JNK2"Λ mice (Maeda et al., 2003; Wang et al., 2006). To test the efficacy of the JNK-inhibitory properties of BI-78D3 at blocking the effects of ConA on mouse liver function, ConA (Sigma) and BI-78D3 were injected i.v. at 10 mg/kg into 6 to 8 weeks old male BL/6 mice. For partial hepatectomy, mice were anesthetized with isofluorane and subjected to mid ventral laparotomy followed by removal of the left lateral and median lobes.
Animals were sacrificed, blood was collected by cardiac puncture, and livers were surgically removed. Serum was separated and analyzed for alanine-aminotranferase levels (Sigma) following treatment with test compounds. The ability of BI-78D3 to abrogate ConA induced liver damage as measured by serum alanine-aminotranferase levels in vivo (Figure 21B) is consistent with its proposed function as an effective JNK inhibitor. Liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry bio-availability analysis demonstrates that BI-78D3 has a half-life of 54 minutes in a microsome stability assay and favorable plasma stability. Taken together the in vivo and in vitro findings suggest that BI-78D3 is a suitable candidate for further efficacy studies in a variety of animal models of JNK related diseases. In vivo administration of a cell permeable peptidic JNK inhibitor (tat-pepJIPl peptide) was reported to be effective in treating glucose intolerance and type-2 diabetes in both dietary and genetic murine models of obesity (Kaneto, et al., 2004). To test the efficacy of a JNK inhibitor found to be effective in cell culture in mice, the effects of the inhibitor to the tat- pepJIPl peptide are compound parallel in mice models of obesity (Hirosumi et al., 2002; Yan et al., 2001, Arikan et al., 2005). To test the effect of the compounds and to determine the optimal concentration needed to obtain an insulin sensitizing effect, 8 week old diabetic ob/ob C57B1/6J mice are injected once daily with different doses of the JNK inhibitor starting from an estimated blood concentration of the inhibitor equal to 5 times ED50 dose in cultured cells up to 50 times the ED50. As controls, 8 week old male diabetic ob/ob C57B1/6J mice are injected daily with either a saline solution or with 10 mg/Kg body weight of the tat- JIP peptide. Blood is collected every morning from tail vein. Glucose and insulin concentrations are measured using a glucometer (Roche) for glucose and an ELISA kit for insulin (Crystal Chem).
When an evident effect of the inhibitor leading to blood glucose reduction is observed, an intraperitoneal glucose tolerance test (IGTT) and an insulin tolerance test (HTT) are performed (Hirosumi et al., 2002). Briefly, for IGTT, a group of mice is injected intraperitoneally with a bolus of 1 g/kg of body weight of glucose. Blood is collected from the tail at different time points for a total time course of 0-2 hours and glucose concentration is measured using a glucometer. For IITT, mice are injected intraperitoneally with 2 IU insulin/kg of body weight, blood collection, and measurement of glucose concentration are performed as for IGTT. Insulin signaling in liver is measured by injection of 25 mIU insulin/kg of body weight through the portal vein, the whole liver will be collected and frozen in liquid nitrogen 2 minutes after injection (Hirosumi et al., 2002). Insulin receptor β chain (IRβ), and IRSl tyrosine phosphorylation are measured by immunoprecipitation with either IRS 1 or IRβ antibodies (Upstate) followed by immunoblotting analysis using phospho-tyrosine specific antibodies (Upstate). IRSl Ser 307 phosphorylation is measured by western blot using IRSl phospho Ser
307 specific antibodies. Insulin gene expression is measured by Sl nuclease protection using β- actin as control from whole pancreas.
The compound may also be tested in a dietary model of diabetes. A group of 30 male C57B1/6J mice are placed on high fat high carbohydrate diet from week 4 to week 16 (Hirosumi et al., 2002), and another group of 30 mice is placed on standard chow diet. From each group, 10 mice are treated with control saline solution, 10 mice are injected with the tat- JIP peptide as previously described (Kaneto et al., 2004), and 10 mice are injected intraperitoneally with the optimal concentration of a test JNK inhibitor, and IGTT, IITT, measurements of insulin signaling and of insulin gene expression are then performed as described above.
Example 12 Synthetic Examples of Compounds of the Invention
Materials
All anhydrous solvents were commercially obtained and stored in Sure-seal bottles under nitrogen. All other reagents and solvents were purchased as the highest grade available and used without further purification. Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) analysis of reaction mixtures was performed using Merck silica gel 60 F254 TLC plates, and visualized using ultraviolet light. 1H NMR data were collected using a 300 MHz Varian instrument and recorded in deuteriochloroform (CDCl3) or dimethyl sulfoxide- d6 (DMSO-J6)- Chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million (ppm) referenced to 1H (Me4Si at 0.00). Mass spectral data were acquired on a Shimadzu LCMS-2010EV for low resolution, and on an Agilent ESI-TOF for high resolution and low resolution. Purity of compounds was determined using a Waters HPLC. List of Abbreviations: equivalent (eqv), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS), room temperature (rt). Purity of compounds was obtained in a HPLC Breeze from Waters Co. using an Atlantis T3 3μm 4.6x150 mm reverse phase column.
Methods
Scheme 1
3b
Scheme 3
6b
2-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[Z>][l,4]dioxin-6-ylcarbamothioyl)hydrazinecarboxamide (l)
To a suspension of sodium acetate (425 mg, 5.18 mmol) and semicarbazide (578 mg,
5.18 mmol) in CH3CN (8 mL) was added 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl-isothiocyante and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the resulting crude residue was dissolved in 2M NaOH (50 mL) and filtered through activated charcoal. The filtrate was acidified with IN HCl (50 mL). The precipitate was collected and washed with H2O (3 x 15 mL), and hexanes (2 x 20 mL) to afford 1 as an off white solid (1.25 g,
90%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 4.21 (s, 4H), 6.03 (s, 2H, NH2), 6.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.86 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.97 (s, IH, NH), 9.28 (s, IH, NH),
9.49 (s, IH, NH); MS m/z 559 (2M+Na) +, 537 (2M+H)+, 291 (M+Na) +, 269 (M+H)+, 101, 79,
64, 56; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C10H12N4O3S 269.0703 (M+H), found 269.0703.
The thiobiurea compound was synthesized from phenyl isothiocyanate in a similar procedure to that of compound 1. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 6.05 (s, 2H, NH2), 7.09-
7.17 (m, IH), 7.31 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (s, IH, NH), 9.39 (s, IH,
NH), 9.65 (s, IH, NH); MS m/z 443 (2M+Na) +, 421 (2M+H)+, 233 (M+Na) +, 211 (M+H)+, 194, 109, 107, 87, 85, 74; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C8H10N4OS 211.0648 (M+H), found 211.0650.
4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[Z>][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-mercapto-li/-l,2,4-triazol-5(4i/)-one (2)
Thiobiurea 1 (237 mg, 0.88 mmol) in 2M NaOH (8.8 mL) was stirred at reflux for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt and then acidified with IN HCl. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with H2O (3 x 10 mL), hexanes (2 xlO mL) and 1 :1 hexanes: diethyl ether (10 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford 2 as a white solid (164 mg, 74%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 4.27 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, J = 2.1, 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.87 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.94 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH); LCMS m/z 252 (M+H); MS 525 (2M+Na) +, 503 (2M+H)+, 274 (M+Na) +, 252 (M+H)+, 160, 102, 85, 74; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C10H9N3O3S 252.0437 (M+H), found 252.0440; purity 96% by HPLC.
3-mercapto-4-phenyl-l//-l,2,4-triazol-5(4H)-one (4)
Compound 4 was synthesized from 2-(phenylcarbamothioyl)-hydrazinecarboxamide by the reported procedure (Joshua, C; Suni, M.; Nair, V. Tetrahedron 2001, 57, 2003) to afford the desired product as a white solid (75%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 7.34-7.40 (m, 2H, 2NH), 7.42-7.54 (m, 5H); MS m/z 409 (2M+Na) +, 387 (2M+H)+, 216 (M+Na) +, 194 (M+H)+, 159, 107, 87, 85, 74, 67; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C8H7N3OS 194.0383 (M+H), found 194.0383.
General Procedure for Compounds 3(a, b)
To a solution of triazole 2 (1 eqv) in MeOH (0.3 mM) was added NaOMe (1 eqv) and stirred. After 5 min. was added the appropriate brominated compound (1 eqv) and the reaction mixture was stirred until deemed complete by TLC. Upon completion the reaction mixture was suspended in H2O (10 mL) and filtered. The solid was washed with H2O (3 x 10 mL), IN HCl (10 mL), H2O (10 mL), hexanes (10 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford the desired product.
4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[Z>][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-li/-l,2,4-triazol-5(4i/)- one (3a) (BI-78D3)
The reaction mixture of 2 and 2-bromo-5-nitrothiazole was stirred for 4 h. Desired product BI-78D3 (3a) was obtained as an off white solid (96.5 mg, 65%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.32 (s, 4H), 6.82 (dd, / = 2.4, 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.86 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.99 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.41 (s, IH); MS m/z 380 (M+H)+, 359, 241, 179, 107, 101, 85, 79, 64, 63; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C13H9N5O5S2 380.0118 (M+H), found 380.0111 ; purity 99.0% by HPLC.
4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[Z>][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(5-nitrothiophen-2-ylthio)-li/-l,2,4-triazol-
5(4J/)-one (3b) (BI-83C11)
The reaction mixture of 2 and 2-bromo-5-thiophene was stirred for 16 h. Desired product 3b was obtained as a yellow solid (57 mg, 56%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 4.28 (s, 4H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.98-6.91 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, IH); MS m/z 401 (M+Na) +, 379 (M+H)+, 359, 354, 345, 295, 274, 159, 126, 98, 85, 74, 68; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C14H10N4O5S2 379.0165 (M+H)+, found 379.0162; purity 98.6% by HPLC.
3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl-li/-l,2,4-triazol-5(4i/)-one (5) (BI-83C9)
Compound 5 was synthesized from thiazole 4 and 2-bromo-5-nitrothiazole in a similar procedure to that of compounds 3. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h. Desired product 5 was obtained as an off-white solid (70%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 7.36-7.53 (m, 6H), 8.67 (s, IH); MS m/z 665 (2M+Na) +, 344 (M+Na) +, 322 (M+H)+, 160, 88, 85, 74, 56; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C11H7N5O3S2 322.0063 (M+H), found 322.0063; purity 99.3% by HPLC.
General Procedure for Compounds 6(a, b)
To a solution of sodium 1 -phenyl- 1/f-tetrazo Ie -5-thiolate (1 eqv) in MeOH (0.3 mM) was added the appropriate bromo-thiazole (1 eqv) and the reaction mixture was stirred until deemed complete by TLC. Upon completion the reaction mixture was suspended in H2O (10 mL) and filtered. The solid was washed with H2O (3 x 10 mL), IN HCl (10 mL), H2O (10 mL), hexanes (10 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford the desired product.
5-nitro-2-(l-phenyl-li/-tetrazol-5-ylthio)thiazole (6a) (BI-83C7)
78%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.58-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.69 (m, 3H), 8.48 (s, IH); MS m/z 329 (M+Na) +, 307 (M+H)+, 295, 279, 159, 142, 126, 117, 98, 88, 85, 74; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C10H6N6O2S2 307.0066 (M+H), found 307.0066; purity 92.2% by HPLC.
4-methyl-2-(l-phenyl-li/-tetrazol-5-ylthio)thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (6b) (BI-83C8)
Carboxylic acid 6b was obtained as a solid (72%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 2.41 (s, 3H), 7.42-7.63 (m, 4H), 7.79 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH); MS m/z 342 (M+Na) +, 320 (M+H)+, 292, 224, 173, 179, 159, 128, 117, 85, 74; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C12H9N5O2S2 320.027 (M+H), found 320.0270; purity 99.3% by HPLC.
5-(benzylthio)-l-phenyl-lf/-tetrazole (7) (BI-83B3)
To a mixture of l-phenyl-l/f-tetrazole-5-thiol (500 mg, 2.75 mmol) and K2CO3 (570 mg, 4.13 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL) was added benzyl bromide (343 μL, 2.89 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 8OC under nitrogen for 4.5 h. Upon completion the reaction mixture was suspended in H2O (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3 x 50 mL), brine (3 x 50 mL) and dried over MgSO4. The crude yellow oil was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc:hexanes) to afford 7 as a white solid (720mg, 98%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.26-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.59 (m, 5H); MS m/z 559 (2M+Na) +, 291 (M+Na) +, 269 (M+H)+, 159, 121, 102, 91, 85, 79, 85, 64, 56; HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C14H12N4S 269.0855 (M+H), found 269.0856; purity 99.3% by HPLC.
References
Aguirre V, Uchida T, Yenush L, Davis R, White MF. The c-Jun NH(2)-terminal kinase promotes insulin resistance during association with insulin receptor substrate- 1 and phosphorylation of Ser(307). J Biol Chem, 275, 9047-9054 (2000). Arkan MC et al. IKKβ Links Inflammation to Obesity-induced Insulin Resistance. Nature Medicine, ! !, 191-8 (2005).
Barr RK, Kendrick TS, Bogoyevitch MA. Identification of the critical features of a small peptide inhibitor of JNK activity. J Biol Chem 277: 10987-10997 (2002). Becattini, B et al. Rational design and real time in-cell detection of the pro-apoptotic activity of a novel compound targeting BcI-XL., Chem. Biol, (2004) Chem Biol. 2004 Mar;l l(3):389-95.
Becattini, B, Sareth, S, Zhai, D, Crowell, KJ, Leone, M, Reed, JC, and Pellecchia, M. Targeting Apoptosis via Chemical Design; Inhibition of Bid-Induced Cell Death by Small Organic
Molecules. Chem. & BioL, 11, 1107-1117 (2004).
Bonny C, Oberson A, Negri S, Sauser C, Schorderet DF. Cell-permeable peptide inhibitors of
JNK: novel blockers of beta-cell death. Diabetes 50: 77-82 (2001).
Clark RD, Strizhev A, Leonard JM, Blake JF, Matthew J.B. Consensus scoring for ligand/protein interactions. /. MoI. Graph. Model. 20, 281-295 (2002).
Dalvit, C, Pevarello, P, Tato, M, Veronesi, M, Vulpetti, A, Sundstrom, M. Identification of compounds with binding affinity to proteins via magnetization transfer from bulk water. J.
Biomol. NMR 18, 65-68 (2000).
Derijard B, Hibi M, Wu I-H, Barrett T, Su B, Deng T, Karin M, Davis RJ: JNKl : a protein kinase stimulated by UV light and Ha-Ras that binds and phosphorylates the c-Jun activation domain. Cell 76, 1025-1037 (1994).
Dickens M, Roger JS, Cavanagh J, Raitano A, Xia Z, Halpern JR, Greenberg ME, Sawyer CL,
Davis RJ. A cytoplasmic inhibitor of the JNK signal transduction pathway. Science 277: 693-
696 (1997). Dong C, Yang DD, Tournier C, Whitmarsh AJ, Xu J, Davis RJ, Flavell RA. JNK is required for effector T-cell function but not for T-cell activation. Nature, 405, 91-94 (2000).
Eldridge, MD, Murray, CW, Auton, TR, Paolini, GV, Mee, RP. Empirical scoring functions: 1.
The development of a fast empirical scoring function to estimate the binding infinity of ligans in receptor complexes. /. Comput- Aided MoI. Des., 11, 425-445 (1997). Fattorusso, R, Jung, D, Forino, F and Pellecchia, M. Discovery of a novel class of non-peptide caspase inhibitors via a structure based approach. /. Med. Chem, 48, 1649-56 (2005).
FlexX 1.13.5. Sankt Augustin, Germany BioSolvelT GmbH.
Flyn DL, Devraj RV, Naing, W, Parlow J J, Weidner JJ, and Yang S. Med. Chem. Res. 8, 219
(1998). Forino, M., Jung, D., Eastman, J., Houghton, P. and Pellecchia M. A virtual docking approach to protein kinased B inhibition. J. Med. Chem, (2005).
Forino, M, Johnson S, Pellecchia, M et al. Novel inhibitors of Anthrax lethal factor. PNAS 2005
Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2005 JuI 5;102(27):9499-504
Gupta S, Barrett T, Whitmarsh AJ, Cavanagh J, Sluss H, Derijard B, Davis RJ. Selective interaction of JNK protein kinase isoforms with transcription factors. EMBO J, 15;2760-2770
(1996).
Hajduk, PJ, Olejniczak, ET & Fesik, SW. (1997) One-dimensional relaxation- and diffusion- edited NMR methods for screening compounds that bind to macromolecules. /. Am. Chem. Soc.
119, 12257-12261 Hansch, C, Leo, A, and Hoekman, D. In Exploring QSAR 1995, Oxford University Press.
Heo YS et al., Structural basis for the selective inhibition of JNKl by the scaffolding protein
JIPl and SP600125. EMBO / 2185-95 (2004).
Hibi M, Lin A, Minden A, Karin M: Identification of an oncoprotein and UV-responsive protein kinase that binds and protentiates the c-Jun activation domain. Genes Dev, 7:2135-2148 (1993 0.
Hirosumi J et al., A Central Role for JNKl in Obesity and Insulin Resistance. Nature 420 333- 336. (2002)
Ho DT, Bardwell AJ, Abdollahi M, Bardwell LA. docking site in MKK4 mediates high-affinity binding to JNK MAP kinases and competes with similar docking sites in JNK substrates. J Biol
Chem 278: 32662-32672 (2003).
Hotamisligil GS, Murray DL, Choy LN, Spiegelman BM: Tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibits signaling from the insulin receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 91, 4854-4858 (1994).
Hotamisligil GS, Peraldi P, Budavari A, Ellis R, White MF, Spiegelman BM: IRS-I -mediated inhibition of insulin receptor tyrosine kinase activity in TNF-alpha- and obesity-induced insulin resistance. Science, 211, 665-668 (1996).
Hotamisligil GS, Spiegelman BM. Tumor necrosis factor a: a key component of the obesity- diabetes link. Diabetes, 43,1271-1278 (1994).
Jones, G., Willett, P., Glen, R.C., Leach, A.R. & Taylor, R. Development and validation of a genetic algorithm for flexible docking. JMoI Biol 267, 727-748 (1997).
Kallunki, T. et al. JNK2 contains a specificity-determining region responsible for efficient c-Jun binding and phosphorylation. Genes & development 8, 2996-3007 (1994). Kallunki T, Deng T, Hibi M and Michael Karin, c-Jun can Recruit JNK to Phosphorylate
Dimerization Partners via Specific Docking Interactions. Cell 87, 929-939 (1996).
Kaneto H et al. Involvement of cJun N Terminal Kinase in Oxidative Stress-mediated
Suppression of Insulin Gene Expression. Journal of Biol. Chem., 211, 30010-30018 (2002).
Kaneto H et al. Possible Novel Therapy for Diabetes with Cell-permeable JNK-inhibitory Peptide. Nature Medicine, 10 1128-1132 (2004).
Kitada, S et al. Discovery, characterization and structure-activity relationships studies of pro- apoptotic polyphenols targeting BcI- xL. /. Med. Chem. 46, 4259-4264 (2003).
Kramer B, Metz G, Rarey M. and Lengauer T. Ligand docking and screening with FlexX. Med.
Chem Res. 9, 463-478 (1999). Kyriakis, J.M. & Avruch, J. pp54 microtubule-associated protein 2 kinase. A novel serine/threonine protein kinase regulated by phosphorylation and stimulated by poly-L-lysine.
The Journal of biological chemistry 265, 17355-17363 (1990).
Leone, M et al. Cancer prevention by tea polyphenols is linked to their direct inhibition of antiapoptotic Bcl-2-family proteins. Cancer Res 63, 8118-8121 (2003). Lin A. Activation of the JNK signaling pathway: breaking the brake on apoptosis. Bioessays, 25,
17-24. (2003).
Maeda, S. et al. IKKbeta is required for prevention of apoptosis mediated by cell-bound but not by circulating TNF-alpha. Immunity 19, 725-737 (2003).
Manning, AM and Davis R. Targeting JNK for therapeutic benefit: from junk to gold? Nature
Rev. Drug Disc, 2, 554-565 (2003). Mayer, M and Meyer, B. Characterization of ligand binding by saturation transfer difference
NMR spectroscopy. Angew. Chem. Int. Edn Engl. 38, 1784-1788 (1999).
Microwave in Organic Synthesis. A. Luopy Ed., Wiley- VCH (2003).
Morrison, DK and Davis, RJ. Regulation of MAP kinase signaling modules by scaffols proteins in mammals. Ann. Rev. Cell. Dev. Biol., 19, 91-118(2003). Must A et al. The disease burden associated with overweight and obesity. /. Am. Med. Assoc.
282, 1523-1529 (1999).
Nihalani D, Meyer D, Pajni S, Holzman LB. Mixed lineage kinase-dependent JNK activation is governed by interactions of scaffold protein JIP with MAPK module components. EMBO J.,
20,3447-58 (2001). Ofei F, Hurel S, Newkirk J, Sopwith M, Taylor R: Effects of an engineered human anti-TNF- alpha antibody (CDP571) on insulin sensitivity and glycemic control in patients with NIDDM.
Diabetes, 45, 881-885 (1996).
Oprea, TL Property distribution of drug-related chemical databases. J. Comp. Aided MoI. Des.,
14, 251-264 (2000). Pellecchia, M, Becattini, B et al. NMR in the hit identification and optimization processes. Ex.
Op. Ther. Tar., 8, 597-611 (2004).
Pellecchia, M, Sem, D, and Wuthrich, K. NMR based drug discovery. Nature Rev. Drug Disc,
1, 211-218 (2002).
Pellecchia, M, et al. NMR -based structural characterization of large protein-ligand interactions. J Biomol NMR 22, 165-173 (2002).
Robers, M.B., Horton, R.A., Bercher, M.R., Vogel, K.W. & Machleidt, T. High-Throughput
Cellular Assays for Regulating Post-Translational Modifications. Analytical Biochemistry (in press) (2007).
Shang I et al. Nuclear Factor KB Protects Pancreatic β-Cells from TNFα Induced Apoptosis. Diabetes, 52, 1169-1175 (2003).
Shaulian E, Karin M. AP-I as a regulator of cell life and death. Nat Cell Biol, 4:E131-E136
(2002).
Standaert, ML et al. Effects of knockout of the protein kinase C β gene on glucose transport and glucose homeostasis. Endocrinology 140, 4470-4477 (1999). Tautz L, Bruckner S, Sareth S, Alonso A, Bogetz J, Bottini N, Pellecchia M, Mustelin T.
Inhibition of Yersinia tyrosine phosphatase by furanyl salicylate compounds. J Biol Chem., 280,
9400-9405 (2004).
Teschner, M., Henn, C, Vollhardt, H., Reiling, S. & Brickmann, J. Texture mapping: a new tool for molecular graphics. Journal of molecular graphics 12, 98-105 (1994). Pearlman, R.S. CONCORD. Distributed by Tripos (St. Louis) (1998). Tomoi M, Akada Y, Kakiuchi H. Macromol. Chem. Rapid Commun. (1982) 3, 537.
Uysal, KT, Wiesbrock, SM, Marino, MW & Hotamisligil, GS. Protection from obesity- induced insulin resistance in mice lacking TNFα function. Nature 389, 610-614 (1997). Verdonk, ML, Cole, JC, Hartshorn, MJ, Murray CW, RD. Taylor Improved Protein-Ligand Docking Using GOLD. Proteins, 52, 609-623 (2003). Wang, Y., Singh, R., Lefkowitch, J.H., Rigoli, R.M. & Czaja, MJ. Tumor necrosis factor- induced toxic liver injury results from JNK2 -dependent activation of caspase-8 and the mitochondrial death pathway. The Journal of biological chemistry 281, 15258-15267 (2006). Westin G et al. OVEC, a Versatile System to Study Transcription in Mammalian Cells and Cell- Free Extracts. Nucl. Acid Res., 15, 6787-6798 (1987). Whitmarsh AJ, Cavanagh J, Tournier C, Yasuda J, Davis RJ. A mammalian scaffold complex that selectively mediates MAP kinase activation. Science 281 : 1671-1674 (1998). Willoughby EA, Perkins GR, Collins MK, Whitmarsh AJ. The JNK- interacting protein- 1 scaffold protein targets MAPK phosphatase-7 to dephosphorylate JNK. J Biol Chem., 278, 10731-6 (2003). Yang SH, Whitmarsh AJ, Davis RJ and Sharrocks A. Differential Targeting of MAP kinases to the ETS-domain transcription factor EIk-I. EMBO J. 17, 1740-1749 (1998). Yuan M et al. Reversal of Obesity- and Diet- Induced Insulin Resistance with Salicylates or Targeted Disruption of /fckb. Science, 293, 1973-1977 (2001). Zerbe, O. BioNMR in Drug Research WILEY-VCH, 439-457 (2003). Zhang JH, Chung TD, Oldenburg KR, A Simple Statistical Parameter for Use in Evaluation and Validation of High Throughput Screening Assays. J Biomol Screen. ;4(2):67-73 (1999).
Incorporation by Reference
All publications, patents and patent applications are incorporated herein by reference.
Equivalents
In the foregoing specification, this invention has been described in relation to certain preferred embodiments thereof, and many details have been set forth for purposes of illustration. Nevertheless, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the invention is susceptible to additional embodiments and that certain of the details herein may be varied considerably without departing from the basic principles of the invention. Likewise, those skilled in the art will
recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents of the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims
Claims
1. A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent; washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof is coupled to biotin.
3. The method of claim 1 wherein the solid support comprises streptavidin.
4. The method of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide comprising JNK further comprises glutathione S transferase (GST) or a His tag.
5. The method of claim 1 wherein the ligand is an antibody.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the antibody is an anti GST antibody.
7. The method of claim 1 wherein the label is a lanthanide.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the lanthanide is europium.
9. The method of claim 1 wherein the solid support is a multi-well plate.
10. The method of claim 1 wherein the JNK is JNKl .
11. The method of claim 1 wherein the JNK is JNK2
12. The method of claim 1 wherein the amount of separated label in the associated molecules is determined.
13. The method of claim 1 wherein the amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules is determined.
14. The method of claim 1, further comprising the step of pre- selecting test agents using virtual docking.
15. A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: providing a sample comprising an agent a polypeptide comprising labeled JIPl or a fragment thereof, wherein the label is a fluorophore; and determining fluorescence polarization in the sample relative to a control sample that lacks the agent.
16. The method of claim 15 wherein JNK is JNKl .
17. The method of claim 15 wherein JNK is JNK2.
18. The method of claim 15 wherein the fluorophore is fluorescein isothiocyanate
(HTC).
19 A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: contacting a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP or a fragment thereof with a sample comprising a fusion protein comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIP, and a test agent; separating molecules not associated with the solid support comprising JIPl or the fragment thereof from molecules associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
20. The method of claim 19 wherein the polypeptide comprising JIP or the peptide thereof is coupled to biotin.
21. The method of claim 19 wherein the solid support comprises streptavidin.
22. The method of claim 19 wherein the polypeptide comprising JNK further comprises GST or a His tag.
23. The method of claim 19 wherein the ligand is an antibody.
24. The method of claim 19 wherein the label is a lanthanide.
25. The method of claim 19 wherein the solid support is a multi-well plate.
26. The method of claim 19 wherein the JNK is JNKl .
27. The method of claim 19 wherein the JNK is JNK2
28. The method of claim 19 wherein the presence or amount of separated label in the associated molecules is detected or determined.
29. The method of claim 19 wherein the presence or amount of separated label in the unassociated molecules is detected or determined.
30. The method of claim 19, further comprising the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
31. A method for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, comprising;
contacting a complex comprising polypeptides comprising JIP and JNK, or fragments thereof, each of which contains one of a donor and an acceptor fluorophore with a test agent; and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore; thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction of JIP and JNK.
32. The method of claim 31 , wherein a decrease in the FRET indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction.
33. The method of claim 31, wherein the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex.
34. The method of claim 31 , wherein the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP.
35. The method of claim 31, wherein the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
37. The method of claim 31 , wherein the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
38. The method of claim 31, wherein the FRET is time resolved FRET.
39. The method of claim 31 , further comprising isolating and identifying the test compound.
40. The method of claim 31, further comprising the step of pre-selecting test agents using virtual docking.
41. A method for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, comprising;
contacting a solution comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, comprises a fluorescent donor or acceptor, with a test agent; adding to the solution a polypeptide comprising JNK, or a fragment thereof, comprising a donor or acceptor, wherein the JNK polypeptide comprises either a fluorescent donor or acceptor suitable to form a fluorescent donor/acceptor pair with the JIP fluorophore; measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore; thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein a decrease in the FRET compared to a solution lacking the test compound indicates that the test compound modulates the interaction of JIP and JNK.
43 The method of claim 41 , wherein the fluorescent acceptor is attached to the JIP or JNK by a stereptavidin/biotin complex.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the fluorescent acceptor is attached to JIP.
45. The method of claim 41, wherein the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes a polypeptide comprising JIP or JNK.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the fluorescent donor is attached to an antibody that specifically recognizes GST and the polypeptide comprising JNK is a JNK/GST fusion polypeptide.
47. The method of claim 41, wherein the fluorescent donor and acceptor are europium chelate and allophycocyanin, respectively.
48. The method of claim 41, further comprising isolating and identifying the test compound.
49. A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: providing a mixture comprising a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIPl or a fragment thereof, a polypeptide comprising JNK or a fragment thereof, a labeled ligand for JIPl, and a test agent; washing the solid support to remove molecules not associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
50. A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: preselecting a test compound capable of binding to JIP, JNK, or a JIP/JNK complex by virtual docking; providing a sample comprising an a preselected test compound a polypeptide comprising labeled JIPl or a fragment thereof, wherein the label is a fluorophore; and determining fluorescence polarization in the sample relative to a control sample that lacks the test agent.
51. A method to identify a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction, comprising: preselecting a test compound capable of binding to JIP, JNK, or a JIP/JNK complex by virtual docking; contacting a solid support comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP or a fragment thereof with a sample comprising a fusion protein comprising JNK or a fragment thereof , a labeled ligand for JIP, and a preselected test agent; separating molecules not associated with the solid support comprising JIPl or the fragment thereof from molecules associated with the solid support; separating the label from the ligand; and determining the amount of separated label.
52. A method for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, comprising; preselecting a test compound capable of binding to JIP, JNK, or a JIP/JNK complex by virtual docking; contacting a complex comprising polypeptides comprising JIP and JNK, or fragments thereof, each of which contains one of a donor and an acceptor fluorophore with a preselected test agent; and measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore; thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction of JIP and JNK.
53. A method for identifying a modulator of JIP/JNK interaction, comprising; preselecting a test agent capable of binding to JIP, JNK, or a JIP/JNK complex by virtual docking; contacting a solution comprising a polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide comprising JIP, or a fragment thereof, comprises a fluorescent donor or acceptor, with a preselected test agent; adding to the solution a polypeptide comprising JNK, or a fragment thereof, comprising a donor or acceptor, wherein the JNK polypeptide comprises either a fluorescent donor or acceptor suitable to form a fluorescent donor/acceptor pair with the JIP fluorophore; measuring the FRET between the donor and acceptor fluorophore; thereby identifying a modulator of the JIP/JNK interaction.
54. A method to inhibit JIP/JNK interaction in cells comprising contacting cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV), or (V).
55. The method of claim 54 wherein the compound is 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H -l,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
56. The method of claim 54 wherein the compound is 3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl- l/M,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
57. The method of claim 54 wherein the compound is 5-nitro-2-(l-phenyl-l/f-tetrazol-5- ylthio)thiazole.
58. A method to treat a metabolic disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV), or (V) to thereby treat said subject for a metabolic disorder.
59. The method of claim 58 wherein the compound is 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H -l,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
60. The method of claim 58 wherein the compound is 3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl- IH- 1 ,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
61. The method of claim 58 wherein the compound is 5-nitro-2-(l-phenyl-l/f-tetrazol-5- ylthio)thiazole.
62. A method to treat diabetes, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV), or (V).
63. The method of claim 62 wherein the compound is 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H -l,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
64. The method of claim 62 wherein the compound is 3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl- IH- 1 ,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
65. The method of claim 62 wherein the compound is 5-nitro-2-(l-phenyl-l/f-tetrazol-5- ylthio)thiazole.
66. A method to treat obesity comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula (II), (III), (IV), or (V).
67. The method of claim 66 wherein the compound is 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6- yl)-3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-l H -l,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
68. The method of claim 66 wherein the compound is 3-(5-nitrothiazol-2-ylthio)-4-phenyl- IH- 1 ,2,4-triazol-5(4/f)-one.
69. The method of claim 66 wherein the compound is 5-nitro-2-(l-phenyl-l/f-tetrazol-5- ylthio)thiazole.
70. A compound for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has the structure set forth as formula (II), (III), (IV) or (V).
71. A compound for the treatment of a metabolic disorder, wherein the compound has a structure set forth in Table I, Ia, II, Ha, III, IV, V, or VI.
72. The compound of claims 70 or 71, wherein the metabolic disease is obesity or diabetes.
73. A compound having the structure set forth as formula (II) or (III).
74. A compound having the structure set forth as formula (IV) or (V).
75. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 70-75.
76. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 75 for the treatment of a metabolic disorder.
77. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 76, wherein the metabolic disease is obesity or diabetes.
78. A kit comprising one or more of the reagents recited in the method of any one of claims 1-53 and instructions for use.
79. A kit for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and instructions for use.
80. A kit for identifying modulators of the JIP/JNK interaction comprising a JNK polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent acceptor and a JIP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, comprising a fluorescent donor and instructions for use.
81. A kit comprising the compound of any one of claims 70-74 or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 15-11 , and instructions for use.
82. The method of any one of claims 1 -53 further comprising obtaining one or more of the reagents recited in the method of any one of claims 1-53.
83. A compound identified by any one of the methods of claim 1, 15, 19, 31, 41, 49, or 50-
53.
84. The method of any one of claim 1, 15, 19, 31, 41, 49, or 50-53, further comprising the step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against a JNK2 mutant to determine active site binding location.
85. The method of claim 84, further comprising the step of screening a potential modulator of JNK/JIP interaction against R127A and C167S mutants of JNK2 to determine if the compound is binding in the JIP pocket.
86. The method of any one of claim 54, 58, 62, or 66, wherein the compound is 4-(4-nitro- phenyl)-5-(5-nitro-thiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-2,4-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazol-3-one.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US90593307P | 2007-03-08 | 2007-03-08 | |
US60/905,933 | 2007-03-08 | ||
US273607P | 2007-11-08 | 2007-11-08 | |
US61/002,736 | 2007-11-08 |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008118626A2 WO2008118626A2 (en) | 2008-10-02 |
WO2008118626A9 true WO2008118626A9 (en) | 2008-12-18 |
WO2008118626A3 WO2008118626A3 (en) | 2009-05-07 |
Family
ID=39789229
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2008/056341 WO2008118626A2 (en) | 2007-03-08 | 2008-03-08 | Inhibitors of jnk and methods for identifying inhibitors of jnk |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2008118626A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2761335A1 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Ardea Biosciences, Inc. | Compounds, compositions and methods for modulating uric acid levels |
WO2010135536A2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Ardea Biosciences, Inc. | Methods of modulating uric acid levels |
CA2807419C (en) | 2010-08-18 | 2019-09-24 | Sunil Kumar Kc | Diketones and hydroxyketones as catenin signaling pathway activators |
EP2567959B1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2014-04-16 | Sanofi | 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-styryl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors |
HUE042001T2 (en) | 2013-02-22 | 2019-06-28 | Samumed Llc | Gamma diketones Wnt / beta-catenin signaling pathway as activators |
ES2762559T3 (en) | 2014-08-20 | 2020-05-25 | Samumed Llc | Gamma-diketones for treatment and prevention of skin aging and wrinkles |
GB201514649D0 (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-09-30 | Medical Res Council | 2-Sulfonylpyrimidines |
IL251949A0 (en) | 2017-04-26 | 2017-07-31 | Medical Res Infrastructure & Health Services Fund Tel Aviv Medical Ct | Small organic molecules for use in the treatment neuroinflammatory disorders |
KR20210060556A (en) | 2018-09-18 | 2021-05-26 | 니캉 테라퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 | 3-substituted heteroaryl derivatives as SRC homology-2 phosphatase inhibitors |
CA3123215C (en) | 2018-12-19 | 2024-04-02 | Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. | Inhibitors of sarm1 in combination with neuroprotective agents |
US20220310198A1 (en) * | 2019-09-10 | 2022-09-29 | Massachusetts Institute Of Techology | In silico discovery of effective antimicrobials |
WO2023212529A1 (en) * | 2022-04-25 | 2023-11-02 | Abs Global, Inc. | Compositions and methods for enhancing sperm cell quality |
GB202309910D0 (en) * | 2023-06-29 | 2023-08-16 | Implexion Pharma Ab | Therpay |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1998034946A1 (en) * | 1997-02-12 | 1998-08-13 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Daxx, a novel fas-binding protein that activates jnk and apoptosis |
US6043083A (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 2000-03-28 | Davis; Roger J. | Inhibitors of the JNK signal transduction pathway and methods of use |
JP2005506038A (en) * | 2001-01-08 | 2005-03-03 | インターリューキン ジェネティックス インコーポレイテッド | Mammalian TRIBBLES signaling pathway and related methods and reagents |
WO2006038001A1 (en) * | 2004-10-06 | 2006-04-13 | Celltech R & D Limited | Aminopyrimidine derivatives as jnk inhibitors |
CA2600745A1 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-08 | The Burnham Institute For Medical Research | Screening methods for protein kinase b inhibitors employing virtual docking approaches and compounds and compositions discovered thereby |
-
2008
- 2008-03-08 WO PCT/US2008/056341 patent/WO2008118626A2/en active Application Filing
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2008118626A2 (en) | 2008-10-02 |
WO2008118626A3 (en) | 2009-05-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2008118626A2 (en) | Inhibitors of jnk and methods for identifying inhibitors of jnk | |
US9382230B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for modulating Ire1, SRC and ABL activity | |
EP2035385B1 (en) | Inhibitors of akt (protein kinase b) | |
US9221761B2 (en) | Method for inhibition of deubiquitinating activity | |
WO2002026707A1 (en) | Novel compounds | |
EP3596084A1 (en) | 9,10,11,12-tetrahydro-8h-[1,4]diazepino[5',6':4,5]thieno[3,2-f]quinolin-8-one compounds and uses thereof | |
Meng et al. | Design and synthesis of new potent PTP1B inhibitors with the skeleton of 2-substituted imino-3-substituted-5-heteroarylidene-1, 3-thiazolidine-4-one: Part I | |
Zhan et al. | Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of novel highly selective polo-like kinase 2 inhibitors based on the tetrahydropteridin chemical scaffold | |
Patel et al. | Design and synthesis of VEGFR-2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors as potential anticancer agents by virtual based screening | |
La Pietra et al. | Challenging clinically unresponsive medullary thyroid cancer: Discovery and pharmacological activity of novel RET inhibitors | |
Barile et al. | Synthesis and SAR Studies of Dual AKT/NF‐κ B Inhibitors Against Melanoma | |
Li et al. | Development of a novel thymidylate synthase (TS) inhibitor capable of up-regulating P53 expression and inhibiting angiogenesis in NSCLC | |
Rak et al. | Shifting the selectivity of pyrido [2, 3-d] pyrimidin-7 (8H)-one inhibitors towards the salt-inducible kinase (SIK) subfamily | |
Jeyapal et al. | In-silico design and synthesis of N9-substituted β-Carbolines as PLK-1 inhibitors and their in-vitro/in-vivo tumor suppressing evaluation | |
US11896589B2 (en) | Diazinyl amino acridines and medical uses thereof | |
WO2014062811A2 (en) | METHOD OF TREATING CANCER WITH MODULATORS OF SCFSkp2 | |
KR20250037565A (en) | Substituted imidazopyrazine compounds as ligand-directed degraders of IRAK3 | |
CA3101637A1 (en) | Heterocyclic compounds as class ii phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitors | |
Deng et al. | Design, Synthesis, and Biological Evaluation of 2‐Aminothiazole Derivatives as Novel Checkpoint Kinase 1 (CHK1) Inhibitors | |
JP2004535377A (en) | Methods for inhibiting METAP2 | |
Stylianaki et al. | “Hit” to lead optimization and chemoinformatic studies for a new series of Autotaxin inhibitors | |
Asquith et al. | Discovery and optimization of narrow spectrum inhibitors of Tousled like kinase 2 (TLK2) using quantitative structure activity relationships | |
US20250049791A1 (en) | Synthesis of MEK7 Inhibitors and methods of Use Thereof | |
US20200317626A1 (en) | Autotaxin inhibitors | |
EP4393908A1 (en) | Bis-pyrazolyl-methane compounds affecting kras |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 08799699 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase in: |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 08799699 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |